WO2024093979A1 - 确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置 - Google Patents

确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024093979A1
WO2024093979A1 PCT/CN2023/128257 CN2023128257W WO2024093979A1 WO 2024093979 A1 WO2024093979 A1 WO 2024093979A1 CN 2023128257 W CN2023128257 W CN 2023128257W WO 2024093979 A1 WO2024093979 A1 WO 2024093979A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
contention window
time period
reference time
window value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/128257
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘云
黎超
焦瑞晟
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024093979A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024093979A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • H04W74/0816—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA] with collision avoidance

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for determining a contention window value.
  • Type 1 LBT Type 1 Listen Before Talk
  • each transmitting device will independently perform the Type 1 LBT process, which may result in the following situation: multiple devices with the same channel access priority class (CAPC) use the same contention window value, and the multiple devices randomly obtain the same number of perception time slots (Ninit) according to the same contention window value. If the Ninit randomly obtained by multiple devices is the same, multiple devices may send data at the same time when Type 1 LBT passes (LBT success), resulting in data conflict (i.e., signals are mixed together), and the receiving end cannot demodulate the received signal, resulting in data transmission failure.
  • CAC channel access priority class
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining a contention window value, thereby facilitating avoiding collisions between different devices and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • a method for determining a contention window value is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a chip or circuit). There is no limitation on this. For ease of description, the method is described below using the execution by a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: a terminal device determines a reference time period, the priority of a channel occupancy time (COT) to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of transmission corresponding to a TB to be transmitted; the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize a channel for the TB to be transmitted; wherein a feedback type of a TB within the COT to which the reference time period belongs is different from a feedback type of the TB to be transmitted; or, the TB within the COT to which the reference time period belongs corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • COT channel occupancy time
  • the terminal device can determine a suitable contention window value according to the transmission of at least one TB in the reference time period, so as to avoid collisions between different devices and improve the transmission efficiency of the system. For example, if at least one TB in the reference time period is successfully transmitted, the terminal device can determine a smaller contention window value, so as to reduce the execution time of listen before talk (LBT) and improve the channel access efficiency. If at least one TB in the reference time period fails to be transmitted, the terminal device can determine a larger contention window value, so as to extend the execution time of LBT to reduce the possibility of collision between the terminal device and other surrounding devices.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • the terminal device can also determine the reference time period according to the above technical solution, and determine the contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB in the reference time period.
  • the feedback type of the COT to which the reference time period belongs or at least one TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the feedback type of the COT to which the reference time period belongs or at least one TB within the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TB to be transmitted, it is helpful to determine a target contention window value that is more suitable for seizing the channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the reference time period includes at least one TB whose transmission has been completed; or, The COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT closest to the current time.
  • the reference time period includes a TB whose transmission is completed, including the following situations: the reference time period includes the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB; or, the reference time period includes the last retransmission of the TB; or, the reference time period includes the initial transmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB is an acknowledgment (ACK); the reference time period includes the retransmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the retransmission of the TB is ACK.
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • the reference time period includes at least one TB that has completed transmission, or the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT closest to the current moment, which is conducive to determining a target contention window value that is more suitable for seizing the channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the start time of the reference time period is any one of the following: the start time of the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the start time of transmission of the TB that has completed transmission within the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the start time of transmission of the TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the TBs within the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the start time of transmission of the first TB within the COT to which the reference time period belongs, the feedback type of the first TB being the same as the feedback type of at least one of the TBs to be transmitted; or, the start time of transmission of the TB that is first transmitted within the COT to which the reference time period belongs among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device.
  • the end time of the reference time period is any one of the following: the end time of the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the end time of the transmission of the TB that has completed the transmission within the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the end time of the transmission of the TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the TBs within the COT to which the reference time period belongs; the end time of the transmission of the first TB within the COT to which the reference time period belongs, the feedback type of the first TB being the same as the feedback type of at least one of the TBs to be transmitted; the end time of the transmission of the TB that is transmitted last within the COT to which the reference time period belongs, among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device determines the reference time period, the method also includes: the terminal device determines that the feedback type of the TB in the COT that has been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted, or the TB in the COT that has been transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the terminal device determines that the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the terminal device determines that since the last update of the contention window value, there is no TB that has the same feedback type as the TB to be transmitted and has been transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of a second TB within the reference time period, and the second TB satisfies one or more of the following conditions: both the initial transmission and the retransmission of the second TB are completed, and the feedback information of the last retransmission of the second TB is a negative acknowledgment (NACK); the feedback information of the initial transmission or retransmission of the second TB is ACK; the feedback type of the second TB is sorted according to a predefined feedback type, and the feedback type of the second TB is sorted before the feedback types of the remaining TBs within the reference time period; the feedback type of the second TB is the same as the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted.
  • NACK negative acknowledgment
  • the feedback type of at least one TB in the reference time period is the same; the second TB is the TB that is transmitted latest in the reference time period among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device; the priority of the transmission corresponding to the second TB is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted; the contention window value determined according to the transmission situation of the second TB is greater than the contention window value determined according to the transmission situation of the remaining TBs in the reference time period; the contention window value determined according to the transmission situation of the second TB is less than the contention window value determined according to the transmission situation of the remaining TBs in the reference time period; the priority of the transmission corresponding to the second TB is higher than the priority of the transmission corresponding to the remaining TBs in the reference time period; or, the second TB is the TB in the reference time period for which the terminal device receives feedback information corresponding to the TB.
  • the above technical solution proposes a variety of flexible methods for determining the target contention window value, which can be applied to a variety of different scenarios.
  • the predefined feedback types are sorted as follows: the different feedback types are sorted from front to back as follows: multicast 2, multicast 1, unicast, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) not enabled; or, the different feedback types are sorted from front to back as follows: multicast 2, unicast, multicast 1, HARQ not enabled; or, the different feedback types are sorted from front to back as follows: unicast, multicast 2, multicast 1, HARQ not enabled.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the second TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device determines N to-be-selected contention window values according to the transmission status of the M second TBs, N is a positive integer, and N ⁇ M; the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the N to-be-selected contention window values; wherein the target contention window value is the minimum value among the N to-be-selected contention window values; or, the target contention window value is the maximum value among the N to-be-selected contention window values; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value among the N to-be-selected contention window values that is greater than the average value of the multiple to-be-selected contention window values and has the smallest difference with the average value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-s
  • multiple second TBs correspond to one feedback type, or multiple second TBs correspond to at least two feedback types, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device can also determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of the multiple second TBs.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the second TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device counts the feedback information of the M second TBs; the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the M second TBs.
  • the terminal device counts M feedback information of the second TB in the following manner: if the feedback type of the TB is unicast, then the feedback information of the initial transmission and each retransmission of the TB is counted, or, the ACK feedback information of the TB is counted, or, the feedback information of the last retransmission of the TB is counted; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 1, and the feedback information of the TB is NACK, the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 1, and the feedback information of the TB is not NACK, the feedback information of the TB is recorded as ACK, and the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1, or, the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as L, or, the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as L-1, where L is the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group for receiving the TB; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 2, then each
  • the terminal device can also determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of the multiple second TBs.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the second TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of one of the M second TBs; or, the terminal device updates the contention window value based on the transmission order of the M second TBs or the order of receiving feedback information of the M second TBs, in sequence according to the transmission status of the M second TBs until the target contention window value is determined.
  • the terminal device can also determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of the multiple second TBs.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device determines at least one to-be-selected contention window value based on the transmission status of the at least one TB; the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; wherein the target contention window value is the minimum value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the maximum value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value that is greater than the average value of the at least one to-be-selected contention window value and has the smallest difference with the average value; the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value that has the smallest
  • the terminal device can determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of one or more TBs within the reference time period.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device counts feedback information of the at least one TB; the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the at least one TB.
  • the terminal device can count the feedback information of at least one TB in the following manner: if the feedback type of the TB is unicast, then count the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB and the feedback information of each retransmission, or count the ACK feedback information of the TB, or count the feedback information of the last retransmission of the TB; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 1, and the feedback information of the TB is NACK, then the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 1, and the feedback information of the TB is not NACK, then the feedback information of the TB is recorded as ACK, and the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1, or the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as L, or the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as L-1, where L is the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group for receiving the TB; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 2, then count each feedback information of the
  • the terminal device can collect feedback information of one or more TBs within a reference time period, so as to determine a suitable target contention window value according to the feedback information of one or more TBs.
  • the reference time period includes the at least one TB that has been transmitted, and the at least one TB that has been transmitted is the most recently transmitted TB since the last update of the contention window value, then the terminal device
  • the target contention window value is determined based on the transmission status of at least one TB within a time period, including: the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB that has been most recently transmitted.
  • the channel condition corresponding to the most recently transmitted TB is relatively close to the current channel condition, so it is helpful to determine a suitable target contention window value according to the transmission condition of the most recently transmitted TB.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the most recently completed TB; or, if the feedback type of the most recently completed TB is HARQ disabled, the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the most recently completed TB.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT closest to the current moment
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period, including: the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB most recently transmitted within the reference time period.
  • the channel condition corresponding to the most recently transmitted TB is relatively close to the current channel condition, so it is helpful to determine a suitable target contention window value according to the transmission condition of the most recently transmitted TB.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the most recently transmitted TB within the reference time period, including: if the terminal device has not received feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB, the terminal device determines that the target contention window value remains unchanged; or, if the terminal device receives feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB, the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB.
  • a method for determining a contention window value is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a chip or circuit). There is no limitation on this. For ease of description, the following is explained using the execution by a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the terminal device determines a reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type, the at least one feedback type is the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted, the priority of the channel occupancy time COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, and the feedback type of the TB within the reference time period is the same as the feedback type corresponding to the reference time period; the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the TB to be transmitted; wherein the TB transmitted within the COT to which the reference time period belongs corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the terminal device can also determine the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type, and determine the contention window value according to the transmission situation of the TB within the reference time period, which is conducive to determining a suitable contention window value, and further conducive to avoiding mutual collisions between different devices and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • the at least one TB is a TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the at least one feedback type includes multiple feedback types
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type, including: the terminal device determines at least one to-be-selected contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in the at least one feedback type; the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; wherein the target contention window value is the minimum value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the maximum value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value among the at least one to-be-selected contention window value that is greater than the average value of the at least one to-be-selected contention window value and has the smallest difference with the average value; or, the target contention window value
  • the terminal device can also determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of TBs in the multiple reference time periods.
  • a method for determining a contention window value is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a chip or circuit). There is no limitation on this. For ease of description, the following is explained using the execution by a terminal device as an example.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) within a reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the PSSCH to be transmitted; wherein the reference time period is within a COT, the reference time period includes a first PSSCH, the first PSSCH is a HARQ-enabled PSSCH, and the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH is detected by the terminal device; the terminal device is a terminal device that initializes the COT.
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device includes the first PSSCH, and the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH. Therefore, when the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH in the reference time period, the terminal device can at least determine the target contention window value according to the HARQ of the first PSSCH, thereby avoiding the following problem: the terminal device does not have enough information to determine how to determine the target contention window value because the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to the PSSCH in the reference time period.
  • the terminal device can also avoid the problem that when the terminal device does not detect the HARQ, the transmission conflict/reception conflict of the PSFCH is mistakenly regarded as a collision of the PSSCH, thereby blindly raising the contention window value, and then reducing the probability of the terminal device accessing the channel.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH, or HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH.
  • the above-mentioned HARQ enabled PSSCH can also be called HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: a HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, or a HARQ-enabled groupcast 2 PSSCH.
  • the above-mentioned HARQ-enabled PSSCH can also be called ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of the COT.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the time unit where the first PSSCH is located, and the first PSSCH is the first HARQ-enabled PSSCH in the COT whose corresponding HARQ is detected by the terminal device.
  • a method for determining a contention window value is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a chip or circuit). There is no limitation on this. For ease of description, the following is explained using the example of execution by a terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within a reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the PSSCH to be transmitted; wherein the reference time period is within a COT, and the reference time period includes at least one HARQ-enabled PSSCH; when the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs within the reference time period, the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged, or the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the proportion of the retransmitted PSSCH in the PSSCH to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device maintaining the contention window value unchanged may include the following two situations: the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged based on the contention window value of the initial COT of the terminal device closest to the current PSSCH to be transmitted; or, the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged based on the contention window value of the COT to which the reference time period belongs.
  • the terminal device may determine the contention window value of the initial COT of the terminal device closest to the current PSSCH to be transmitted as the target contention window value, or the terminal device may determine the contention window value of the COT to which the reference time period belongs as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device maintaining the contention window value unchanged can be understood as the terminal device not adjusting the contention window value, or the terminal device not performing the action of adjusting the contention window value.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs within the reference time period, the terminal device will no longer blindly increase the contention window value, but will maintain the contention window value unchanged, or determine the target contention window value based on the proportion of retransmitted PSSCHs in the PSSCH to be transmitted, thereby avoiding the reduction in the probability of the terminal device accessing the channel due to the terminal device blindly increasing the contention window value.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: a HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, a HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH, or a HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH.
  • the above-mentioned HARQ-enabled PSSCH can also be called HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: a HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, or a HARQ-enabled groupcast 2 PSSCH.
  • the above-mentioned HARQ-enabled PSSCH can also be called ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • a communication device which is used to execute the method in any possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects.
  • the device may include a unit and/or module for executing the method in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect, or may include a unit and/or module for executing the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, or may include a unit and/or module for executing the method in the third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, or may include a unit and/or module for executing the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit.
  • the device is a terminal device.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or a transmitter.
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the device is a chip, a chip system or a circuit for a terminal device.
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, the chip system or the circuit;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device comprising: at least one processor for executing a computer program or instruction stored in a memory to execute the method in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect, or to execute the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect, or to execute the method in the third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect, or to execute the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • the device also includes a memory for storing computer programs or instructions.
  • the device also includes a communication interface, and the processor reads the computer program or instruction stored in the memory through the communication interface.
  • the apparatus is a terminal device.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit for a terminal device.
  • the present application provides a processor for executing the method provided in the first aspect above, or for executing the method provided in the second aspect above, or for executing the method provided in the third aspect above, or for executing the method provided in the fourth aspect above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores a program code for execution by a device, wherein the program code is used to execute the method in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions is provided.
  • the computer executes the method in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect, or the computer executes the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the computer executes the method in the third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the computer executes the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • a communication system comprising at least one of the aforementioned terminal devices, the terminal device being used to execute the method in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect, or to execute the method in the above-mentioned fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic flow chart of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship between the feedback type corresponding to the TB in the COT to which the reference time period belongs and the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted;
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a reference time period provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a communication mechanism shown in the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic flow chart of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a method for determining a reference time period provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic flow chart of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a chip system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to sidelink (SL) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • SL sidelink
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • V2X may include vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), and vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), where the infrastructure is, for example, a road side unit (RSU) or a network device.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • RSU road side unit
  • network device for example, a network device.
  • the terminal devices in the embodiments of the present application include various devices with wireless communication functions, which can be used to connect people, objects, machines, etc.
  • the terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as: cellular communication, SL, V2X, peer to peer (P2P), M2M, MTC, IoT, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city drones, robots, remote sensing, passive sensing, positioning, navigation and tracking, autonomous delivery, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a terminal in any of the above scenarios, such as an MTC terminal, an IoT terminal, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a user equipment (UE), terminal, fixed device, mobile station device or mobile device of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) standard, a subscriber unit, a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a SIP phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a computer, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a smart book, a vehicle, a satellite, a global positioning system (GPS) device, a target tracking device, an aircraft (such as a drone, a helicopter, a multi-copter, a quadcopter, or an airplane), a ship, a remote control device, a smart home device, an industrial device, or a device built into the above device (for example, a communication module, a modem or a chip in the above device), or other processing devices connected to the wireless
  • the terminal device can also be used to act as a base station.
  • the terminal device can act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between terminal devices in scenarios such as V2X, SL or P2P.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device can be the terminal device, or a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, which can be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface; it can also be deployed on an airplane, balloon, or satellite in the air.
  • the scenario in which the terminal device is located is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • At least one of the following or its similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items.
  • at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the words "first", “second” and the like are used to distinguish the same items or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects.
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. It does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. A person skilled in the art may appreciate that, with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 shown in (a) of FIG1 includes a network device 10, a terminal device 20, and a terminal device 21.
  • the terminal device 20 and the terminal device 21 are both within the coverage of the network device 10, the network device 10 and the terminal device communicate via the Uu air interface, and the terminal device 20 and the terminal device 21 communicate via the PC5 interface.
  • the communication system 100 shown in (b) of FIG1 includes a network device 10, a terminal device 20, and a terminal device 21, wherein the terminal device 20 is within the coverage of the network device 10, and the terminal device 21 is outside the coverage of the network device 10.
  • the communication system 100 shown in (c) of FIG1 includes a network device 10, a terminal device 20, a terminal device 21, and a terminal device 22, wherein the terminal device 20 and the terminal device 21 are not within the coverage of the network device 10, and the terminal device 22 is within the coverage of the network device 10.
  • terminal device 20 can communicate with terminal device 21 through resources scheduled by the network device, which can be called authorized resources or authorized frequency bands; or, terminal device 20 can communicate with terminal device 21 through resource self-selection, that is, selecting resources from a resource pool, which can be called unlicensed resources or unlicensed frequency bands.
  • resource self-selection that is, selecting resources from a resource pool, which can be called unlicensed resources or unlicensed frequency bands.
  • FIG1 the number of terminal devices and network devices shown in FIG1 is only an example, and the present application does not impose any limitation on the number of terminal devices and network devices in the communication system.
  • the spectrum used by wireless communication systems is divided into two categories: licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum.
  • licensed spectrum UE can use spectrum resources based on the scheduling of network equipment.
  • the following mainly introduces the unlicensed spectrum.
  • a transmitting device may use spectrum resources in a competitive manner.
  • a transmitting device may compete for a channel in a listen-before-talk (LBT) manner to use channel resources.
  • LBT listen-before-talk
  • NR SL communication is based on a resource pool.
  • a resource pool refers to a block of time-frequency resources used for SL communication.
  • the frequency domain resources contained in a resource pool are continuous.
  • the time domain resources contained in a resource pool can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • Different resource pools are distinguished by SL resource pool identifiers (e.g., SL-ResourcePoolID). If different resource pools have the same resource pool index, it can be considered that the time-frequency resources of different resource pools are completely overlapping.
  • the SL resource pool can also be understood as a collection of resources that can be used for SL transmission.
  • Time domain resources can be represented by symbols, slots, mini-slots, partial slots, sub-frames, radio frames, sensing slots, etc.
  • Frequency domain resources can be represented by resource elements (RE), resource blocks (RB), subchannels, bandwidth, bandwidth part (BWP), carriers, channels, interlaces, etc.
  • RE resource elements
  • RB resource blocks
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • carriers channels, interlaces, etc.
  • the LBT mechanism is a channel access rule based on random back-off, that is, before a terminal accesses a channel and starts sending data, it needs to listen to whether the channel is idle. If it is detected that the channel has been idle for a certain period of time, it can occupy the channel. If it is detected that the channel is not idle, it needs to wait for the channel to be idle again before occupying the channel.
  • the LBT mechanism is a necessary feature for using unlicensed spectrum, because various regions in the world have regulations for the use of unlicensed spectrum. Terminals of various forms working with different communication protocols can use unlicensed spectrum only if they meet the regulations, thereby using spectrum resources relatively fairly and efficiently.
  • the UE For unlicensed spectrum within the frequency range (frequency 1, FR1), the UE must perform LBT on each 20MHz channel before transmission.
  • the 20MHz channel is called an LBT channel.
  • the UE cannot send data on the entire 20MHz bandwidth. Instead, it reserves a portion of the frequency band resources as a guard band and only sends data on the remaining frequency domain resources. This portion of available resources is called a resource block set (RB set).
  • RB set resource block set
  • the 3GPP organization divides the LBT mechanisms in the NR system into the following four categories:
  • Category 1 LBT After obtaining the channel occupancy time (COT), the communication device immediately sends data after a short switching gap from the receiving state. This is referred to as Cat 1 LBT. COT refers to the time the communication device is allowed to occupy the channel after successfully accessing the channel. The switching gap cannot be greater than 16us.
  • Category 2 LBT LBT without random backoff, referred to as Cat 2 LBT, means that after the communication device detects that the channel is idle for a fixed period of time, it can send data without random backoff.
  • Category 3 LBT LBT with random backoff and fixed contention window (CW) value, referred to as Cat 3 LBT, that is, the communication device generates a random number N based on the fixed contention window value, and can send data after detecting that the channel is idle for a period of time determined by the random number N.
  • the contention window value is related to the minimum and maximum values of N.
  • the contention window value indicates the size of the contention window.
  • Category 4 LBT LBT with random backoff and variable contention window value, referred to as Cat 4 LBT, that is, the communication device generates a random number N based on a variable contention window value, and can send data after detecting that the channel is idle for a period of time determined by the random number N.
  • the contention window value is related to the minimum and maximum values of N, and the communication device can change the contention window value.
  • SL-U equipment follows the 3GPP protocol and uses the LBT mechanism as the channel access method. Specifically, SL-U equipment uses the following types of LBT.
  • Type 1 LBT Cat 4 LBT as described above.
  • SL-U devices need to perform random backoff before they can access the channel and send data.
  • the network device or terminal device can initiate transmission after first sensing that the channel is idle during a sensing slot duration of an extended duration (defer sensing) (this time is denoted as T d ) and after the counter N in the following step 4 is zero.
  • the counter N is adjusted by sensing the channel to obtain an additional sensing slot duration.
  • N init is a random number ranging from 0 to CW p
  • CW p is a contention window value.
  • Step 3 Listen to the channel to obtain an additional listening time slot period. If the channel in the additional listening time slot period is idle, execute step 4; otherwise, execute step 5.
  • Step 5 Listen to the channel until the channel is detected to be busy within another T d or all listening time slots within another T d are detected to be idle, and then execute step 6.
  • Step 6 If all the listening time slots within another T d are detected as idle channels, execute step 4; otherwise, execute step 5.
  • the value of m p is shown in Table 1.
  • CW min,p is the minimum value of the contention window
  • CW max,p is the maximum value of the contention window
  • T m cot,p is the maximum length of COT, that is, the COT transmitted by the network device or terminal device on the channel does not exceed T m cot,p .
  • Type 2A LBT Cat 2 LBT with 25us interval.
  • the SL-U device can access the channel and send data after it detects that the channel is idle for 25us.
  • Type 2B LBT Cat 2 LBT with 16us interval.
  • the SL-U device can access the channel and send data after detecting that the channel is idle for 16us.
  • Type 2C LBT Cat 1 LBT with a maximum interval of 16us. SL-U devices do not need to listen to the channel within the COT After a conversion interval of up to 16us, the channel can be directly accessed and data can be sent.
  • a channel refers to a group of consecutive resource blocks (RBs) that perform a channel access process in an unlicensed spectrum. It can be understood that a channel is a bandwidth for a UE to perform channel access.
  • RBs resource blocks
  • Channel occupancy refers to the transmission of a UE on one or more channels after performing a channel access procedure.
  • COT can be a time concept, that is, the time of SL transmission, or a resource concept, that is, the time domain resources occupied by SL transmission.
  • the time for UE to transmit information cannot exceed the maximum channel occupancy time (MCOT), denoted as Tcot,p.
  • Tcot,p For different channel access priority classes (CAPC), the value of Tcot,p is different, as shown in Table 1.
  • the transmission time shall not exceed the maximum channel occupancy time Tcot,p.
  • the transmission time of the UE in the initial COT and the UE in the shared COT shall not exceed the maximum channel occupancy time Tcot,p.
  • p is the CAPC of the UE in the initial COT, or p is the CAPC with the smallest CAPC value among the UEs transmitting in the COT.
  • PFCH Physical sidelink feedback channel
  • PSFCH resources represent resources used to transmit information carried on PSFCH.
  • one PSFCH resource occupies 2 consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM symbols) in the time domain and 1 physical resource block (PRB) in the frequency domain.
  • OFDM symbols orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • PRB physical resource block
  • PSFCH resources can be used to transmit feedback information.
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment
  • NACK negative
  • PSSCH transmission refers to the transmission through the PSSCH.
  • V2X supports three scenarios: unicast, multicast and broadcast. Among them, HARQ feedback is supported for unicast and multicast. Among them, there are two scenarios for multicast, divided into multicast 1 and multicast 2.
  • a transmitting terminal and a receiving terminal form a unicast connection pair.
  • the receiving terminal After correctly receiving a control message from the transmitting terminal, the receiving terminal sends the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the ACK information to the transmitting terminal according to the HARQ enable indication information of the control message, if the data information received through the PSSCH is correctly decoded, otherwise the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the NACK information is fed back.
  • the receiving terminal receives the control information from the transmitting terminal through the PSCCH.
  • the receiving terminal sends the PSFCH sequence to the transmitting terminal through the PSFCH.
  • the terminal in the group correctly receives the control information from the sending terminal, based on the HARQ enable indication information of the control information, if the terminal in the group fails to decode the received data information, it will feedback the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the NACK information, otherwise no information will be fed back.
  • the terminal in the group correctly receives the control information from the transmitting terminal, based on the HARQ enable indication information of the control information, if the terminal in the group correctly decodes the received data information, it feeds back the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the ACK information, otherwise it feeds back the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the NACK information.
  • each transmitting UE will independently perform the Type 1 LBT process, which may result in the following situation: multiple UEs with the same CAPC use the same contention window value, and the multiple UEs randomly obtain the same N init according to the same contention window value.
  • multiple UEs may send data at the same time when LBT passes, resulting in data conflict (i.e., signals are mixed together), and the receiving end cannot demodulate the received signal, resulting in data transmission failure.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining a contention window value, which can determine a suitable contention window value according to the transmission status of a transport block (TB), thereby facilitating avoiding collisions between different UEs and improving system transmission efficiency.
  • a transport block TB
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of a method 200 for determining a contention window value provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period, and the priority of the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the COT to which the reference duration belongs refers to the COT that includes the reference duration.
  • the reference time period includes part or all of the COT to which the reference time period belongs.
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is hereinafter referred to as the first COT.
  • the priority of the first COT refers to the priority of the lowest priority transmission among one or more transmissions corresponding to the TBs in the first COT.
  • the priority of a transmission refers to the channel access priority class (CAPC).
  • the TBs in the first COT refer to the TBs transmitted in the first COT, and the TBs transmitted in the first COT may include one or more TBs.
  • the TBs in the first COT include the TBs corresponding to the transmissions with a CAPC of 1, the TBs corresponding to the transmissions with a CAPC of 2, and the TBs corresponding to the transmissions with a CAPC of 3, then the priority value of the first COT is 3, or the CAPC of the first COT is 3.
  • the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted refers to the priority of the transmission with the lowest priority among one or more transmissions corresponding to the TB to be transmitted. For example, if the TB to be transmitted includes a TB corresponding to a transmission with a CAPC of 2 and a TB corresponding to a transmission with a CAPC of 3, the priority value of the TB to be transmitted is 3, or the CAPC of the TB to be transmitted is 3.
  • the TB to be transmitted may include one or more TBs.
  • the feedback type of the TB in the first COT is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted; or, the TB in the first COT corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the feedback types of TB can include the following four types: multicast 1, multicast 2, unicast and hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) disabled (HARQ disabled).
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the transmitting device sends the TB to the terminal device group in a multicast manner.
  • the receiving device in the terminal device group fails to decode the received TB, it feeds back the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the NACK information to the transmitting device, otherwise, it does not feed back any information or feeds back other information different from the NACK information.
  • the transmitting device sends the TB to the terminal device group in multicast mode.
  • the receiving device in the terminal device group successfully decodes the received TB, it feeds back the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the ACK information to the transmitting device, otherwise it feeds back the PSFCH sequence corresponding to the NACK information.
  • the transmitting device sends the TB in unicast mode.
  • the receiving device decodes the received TB successfully, it feeds back a PSFCH sequence carrying ACK information to the transmitting device, otherwise it feeds back a PSFCH sequence carrying NACK information.
  • the transmitting device sends the TB in unicast, multicast or broadcast mode.
  • the receiving device does not feedback any information.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship between the feedback type of the TBs in the first COT and the feedback type of the TBs to be transmitted in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the TBs in the first COT may correspond to any at least two feedback types.
  • the TBs to be transmitted may correspond to any feedback type, or the TBs to be transmitted may correspond to any at least two feedback types.
  • the TBs in the first COT include TBs with feedback types of HARQ disabled, TBs with feedback types of unicast, and TBs with feedback types of multicast 2, that is, the TBs in the first COT correspond to three feedback types. As shown in (a) in FIG.
  • the TBs to be transmitted include TBs with feedback types of HARQ disabled and TBs with feedback types of unicast, that is, the TBs to be transmitted correspond to two feedback types.
  • the TBs to be transmitted include TBs with feedback types of HARQ disabled, that is, the TBs to be transmitted correspond to one feedback type.
  • the TB to be transmitted may correspond to any two feedback types.
  • the TB within the first COT may correspond to any one feedback type, or the TB within the first COT may correspond to any at least two feedback types.
  • the TB to be transmitted includes a TB with a feedback type of HARQ disabled and a TB with a feedback type of unicast.
  • the TB within the first COT includes a TB with a feedback type of multicast 2, that is, the TB within the first COT corresponds to one feedback type.
  • the TB within the first COT includes a TB with a feedback type of HARQ disabled and a TB with a feedback type of unicast, that is, the TB within the first COT corresponds to two feedback types.
  • the TB to be transmitted and the TB in the first COT both include only one feedback type.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applicable to the case where the feedback type included in the TB to be transmitted is different from the feedback type included in the TB in the first COT.
  • the TB in the first COT includes a TB with a feedback type of multicast 2
  • the TB to be transmitted includes a TB with a feedback type of unicast, that is, the feedback type of the TB in the first COT is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device is described below.
  • the reference time period includes at least one TB that has been completely transmitted.
  • the reference time period includes a TB that has completed transmission, including the following situations: the reference time period includes the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB; or the reference time period includes the last retransmission of the TB; or the reference time period includes the initial transmission of the TB and the feedback signal of the initial transmission of the TB
  • the information is ACK; or, the reference time period includes the retransmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the retransmission of the TB is ACK.
  • the reference time period includes the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB, which means that the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB are performed within the reference time period.
  • the reference time period includes the last retransmission of the TB, which means that the last retransmission of the TB is performed within the reference time period, without limiting the time points of the initial transmission and other retransmissions of the TB.
  • the reference time period may include other retransmissions and initial transmissions of the TB, or may not include other retransmissions or initial transmissions of the TB.
  • the initial transmission of the TB included in the reference time period means that the initial transmission of the TB is performed within the reference time period.
  • the reference time period includes the retransmissions of the TB, which means that the retransmissions of the TB are performed within the reference time period.
  • the reference time period finally determined by the terminal device can be the candidate reference time period that is closest to the current moment among the multiple candidate reference time periods and the priority of the COT to which the candidate reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the reference time period includes part or all of the COT to which the reference time period belongs. If the reference time period includes at least one TB to which transmission has been completed, the COT to which the reference time period belongs also includes at least one TB to which transmission has been completed.
  • the reference time period is closest to the current moment, includes at least one TB that has been transmitted, and the priority of the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, then the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT that has been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value, whose priority is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, includes at least one TB that has been transmitted, and is the COT closest to the current moment.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device may be part or all of the COT that is closest to the current moment and has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT among the COTs that have been transmitted that is closest to the current moment and has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device is part or all of the COT to which the reference time period belongs.
  • the feedback type of at least one TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the TBs to be transmitted include TBs with feedback type unicast and TBs with feedback type HARQ disabled
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device may include TBs with feedback type unicast and/or TBs with feedback type HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device can determine multiple candidate reference time periods, and the feedback type of at least one TB in each of the multiple candidate reference time periods is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TB to be transmitted, then the reference time period finally determined by the terminal device can be the candidate reference time period among the multiple candidate reference time periods that is closest to the current moment, and the priority of the COT to which the candidate reference time period belongs is the same as the transmission priority corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the reference time period includes part or all of the COT to which the reference time period belongs.
  • the feedback type of at least one TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted
  • the feedback type of at least one TB in the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the COT that has been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value, the priority of which is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, and the feedback type of at least one TB in the COT is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TB to be transmitted, and the COT is the closest to the current moment.
  • the terminal device may first determine the COT to which the terminal device belongs, and then determine the reference time period according to the COT to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is referred to as the first COT below, and the manner in which the terminal device determines the first COT is described below.
  • the first COT is a COT with the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT with the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value as the first COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period based on the first COT.
  • the first COT is the COT that is closest to the current moment among the multiple COTs.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT that has the same priority as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and is closest to the current moment among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value as the first COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period based on the first COT.
  • the first COT includes at least one first TB
  • the feedback type of the first TB is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted, or in other words, the feedback type in the first COT is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device may determine the COT that has been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value and has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and includes at least one first TB as the first COT.
  • the TB to be transmitted includes a TB with a feedback type of unicast and a TB with a feedback type of HARQ disabled.
  • the COT that has been transmitted includes two COTs with the same transmission priority as the TB to be transmitted, namely, COT#1 and COT#2.
  • COT#1 includes a TB with a feedback type of multicast 2
  • COT#2 includes a TB with a feedback type of multicast #2 and a TB with a feedback type of unicast. Since COT#2 and the TB to be transmitted both include a TB with a feedback type of unicast, the terminal device determines COT#2 as the first COT.
  • the COTs that have been transmitted include multiple COTs whose priorities are the same as the transmission priorities corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and include at least one first TB, then the first COT is the COT closest to the current moment among the multiple COTs.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT that has the same priority as the transmission priorities corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and includes at least one first TB among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value as the first COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period based on the first COT.
  • the COT that has been transmitted since the contention window value was last updated does not include at least one first TB, then the COT whose priority among the COTs that have been transmitted is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and is closest to the current moment.
  • the first COT includes at least one TB that has been transmitted.
  • the terminal device may determine as the first COT a COT that has been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value and has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and includes at least one TB that has been transmitted.
  • COT includes a TB whose transmission is completed, including the following situations: COT includes the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB; or, COT includes the last retransmission of the TB; or, COT includes the initial transmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB is ACK; or, COT includes the retransmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the retransmission of the TB is ACK.
  • the COTs that have been transmitted include a COT whose priority is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and includes at least one TB that has been transmitted, then the first COT is the COT closest to the current moment among the multiple COTs.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT that has the same priority as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and includes at least one TB that has been transmitted among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value, and is closest to the current moment as the first COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period based on the first COT.
  • the first COT is the COT among the COTs that have been transmitted that has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted and is closest to the current moment.
  • the priority of the first COT is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, and includes at least one first TB, and includes at least one TB whose transmission is completed.
  • the COTs that have been transmitted include a COT whose priority is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, and includes at least one first TB, and includes at least one TB whose transmission has been completed, then the first COT is the COT closest to the current moment among the multiple COTs.
  • the start time and end time of the reference time period are described below.
  • the COT to which the reference time period belongs is referred to as the first COT below.
  • the start time of the reference time period is any one of the following: the start time of the first COT; the start time of transmission of a TB that has completed transmission within the first COT; the start time of transmission of a TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the TBs within the first COT; the start time of transmission of the first TB within the first COT, the feedback type of the first TB is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB among the TBs to be transmitted; or, the start time of transmission of the TB that is first transmitted within the first COT among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device.
  • the starting time of the reference time period may be the transmission starting time of any one of the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully, or the transmission starting time of a TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully, or the transmission starting time of a TB among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully whose feedback type is the same as that of at least one TB to be transmitted, or the transmission starting time of the TB that is transmitted first among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully.
  • the starting time of the reference time period can be the transmission start time of any one of the multiple first TBs, or the transmission start time of the first TB with the lowest transmission priority among the multiple first TBs, or the transmission start time of the TB that is transmitted first among the multiple first TBs.
  • FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of determining the start time of the reference time period in the first COT.
  • the first COT includes time slots 1 to 7. Among them, time slot 1 is used to transmit the first blind transmission of TB#1, time slot 4 is used to transmit the second blind transmission of TB#1, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#1 is 2, and the feedback type of TB#1 is HARQ disabled. Time slot 2 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#2, time slot 3 is used to transmit the first retransmission of TB#2, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#2 is 3, and the feedback type of TB#2 is unicast.
  • Time slot 5 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#3, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#3 is 2, and the feedback type of TB#3 is unicast.
  • Time slot 6 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#4, time slot 7 is used to transmit the first retransmission of TB#4, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#4 is 2, and the feedback type of TB#4 is multicast 2.
  • the terminal device receives the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#2, the feedback information of the first retransmission of TB#2, and the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#3 in time slot 7.
  • TB#2 is a TB whose transmission is completed included in the first COT.
  • TB#4 is also a TB whose transmission is completed included in the first COT.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of the first COT
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of the time slot 1 .
  • the start time of the reference time period may be the transmission start time of TB#2, i.e., the start time of slot 2, or the transmission start time of TB#4, i.e., the start time of slot 6.
  • the start time of slot 2 may be determined as the start time of the reference time period.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the transmission start time of the TB with the lowest transmission priority in the TB within the first COT, then the start time of the reference time period is the transmission start time of TB#2, that is, the start time of the reference time period is the start time of time slot 2.
  • the start time of the reference time period may be the transmission start time of TB#1, i.e., the start time of slot 1, or the transmission start time of TB#2, i.e., the start time of slot 2, or the transmission start time of TB#3, i.e., the start time of slot 5.
  • the transmission start time of the first TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority is selected as the start time of the reference time period, the start time of the reference time period is the start time of slot 2.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the transmission start time of the TB first transmitted in the first COT in the TB corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device, then the start time of the reference time period is the transmission start time of TB#2, that is, the start time of slot 2.
  • FIG4 is illustrated by taking the case where the terminal device receives feedback information in the first COT as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the case where the terminal device receives feedback information of TBs in the first COT in the first COT, and the terminal device may also receive feedback information of TBs in the first COT after the first COT.
  • the terminal device may receive feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#4 and feedback information of the first retransmission of TB#4 in time slot 8 after the first COT.
  • the end time of the reference time period is any one of the following: the end time of the first COT; the end time of transmission of a TB that has completed transmission within the first COT; the end time of transmission of a TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the TBs within the first COT; the end time of transmission of the first TB within the first COT, the feedback type of the first TB is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB among the TBs to be transmitted; or, the end time of transmission of the TB that is transmitted last in the first COT among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device; or, the end time of the first transmission time slot of the TB that is transmitted first in the first COT among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device.
  • the end time of the reference time period may be the transmission end time of any one of the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully, or the transmission end time of a TB with the lowest corresponding transmission priority among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully, or the transmission end time of a TB among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully whose feedback type is the same as that of at least one TB to be transmitted, or the transmission end time of the latest transmitted TB among the multiple TBs that have been transmitted successfully.
  • the end time of the reference time period can be the transmission end time of any one of the multiple first TBs, or the transmission end time of the first TB with the lowest transmission priority among the multiple first TBs, or the transmission end time of the latest transmitted TB among the multiple first TBs.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the transmission end time of the corresponding TB with the lowest transmission priority among the TBs within the first COT, and the reference time period includes multiple corresponding TBs with the lowest transmission priority
  • the end time of the reference time period can be the transmission end time of any one of the multiple corresponding TBs with the lowest transmission priority, or the transmission end time of the first transmitted TB among the multiple corresponding TBs with the lowest transmission priority.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first COT
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of time slot 7 .
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of the TB completed within the first COT
  • the end time of the reference time period is It may be the transmission end time of TB#2, i.e., the end time of time slot 3, or the transmission end time of TB#4, i.e., the end time of time slot 7.
  • the end time of time slot 3 may be determined as the end time of the reference time period.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the transmission end time of the TB with the lowest transmission priority in the TBs within the first COT, then the end time of the reference time period is the transmission end time of TB#2, that is, the end time of slot 3.
  • the end time of the reference time period may be the transmission end time of TB#1, i.e., the end time of slot 4, or the transmission end time of TB#2, i.e., the end time of slot 3, or the transmission end time of TB#3, i.e., the end time of slot 5.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of slot 3.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the transmission end time of the TB transmitted latest in the first COT among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device, then the end time of the reference time period is the transmission end time of TB#3, that is, the end time of slot 5.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first transmission time slot of the TB first transmitted in the first COT in the TB corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device, then the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first transmission time slot of TB#2, that is, the end time of slot 2.
  • FIG. 4 takes the initial transmission feedback information of TB#2 as NACK as an example for explanation. If the initial transmission feedback information of TB#2 is ACK, the transmission end time of TB#2 is the end time of time slot 2.
  • the reference time period may include part or all of the first COT. If the reference time period includes the entire first COT, the start time of the reference time period is the start time of the first COT, and the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first COT. If the reference time period includes part of the first COT, the start time of the reference time period is later than the start time of the first COT, and/or the end time of the reference time period is earlier than the end time of the first COT.
  • the feedback type of at least one TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted. That is, in the case where the first COT includes at least one first TB, if the feedback type of at least one TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted, the start time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is not later than the transmission start time of the first TB, and the end time of the reference time period determined is not earlier than the transmission end time of the first TB, wherein the feedback type of the first TB is the same as that of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted. As shown in FIG.
  • the start time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is the transmission start time of TB#1 (i.e., the start time of slot 1), and the end time of the reference time period determined is not earlier than the transmission end time of TB#1 (i.e., the end time of slot 4).
  • the start time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device shall not be later than the start time of the transmission of TB#2 (i.e.
  • the start time of time slot 2 the start time of time slot 2
  • the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device shall not be earlier than the end time of time slot 2 or time slot 3; wherein, if the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#2 in time slot 2 is ACK, the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device shall not be earlier than the end time of time slot 2; if the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#2 in time slot 2 is NACK, the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device shall not be earlier than the end time of time slot 3.
  • the reference time period includes at least one TB that has completed transmission. That is, in the case where the first COT includes at least one TB that has completed transmission, if the reference time period includes at least one TB that has completed transmission, the start time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is not later than the start time of the transmission of the TB that has completed transmission in the first COT, and the end time of the reference time period determined is not earlier than the end time of the transmission of the TB that has completed transmission in the first COT.
  • the start time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is not later than the start time of time slot 2, and the end time of the reference time period determined is not earlier than the end time of time slot 2 or time slot 3.
  • the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#2 in time slot 2 is ACK
  • the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is not earlier than the end time of time slot 2.
  • the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#2 in time slot 2 is NACK
  • the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device is not earlier than the end time of time slot 3.
  • the reference time period includes a TB that has completed transmission, including the following situations: the reference time period includes the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB; or, the reference time period includes the last retransmission of the TB; or, the reference time period includes the initial transmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB is ACK; or, the reference time period includes the retransmission of the TB, and the feedback information of the retransmission of the TB is ACK.
  • method 200 also includes: the terminal device determines that since the last update of the contention window value, the feedback type of the TB in the transmitted COT is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted, or the TB in the transmitted COT corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the terminal device determines that the feedback type of the TB in the COT that has been transmitted is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted since the last update of the contention window value, or the TB in the COT that has been transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types, then the terminal device The reference time period is determined according to the method described in S210.
  • method 200 further includes: the terminal device determines that the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the terminal device determines the reference time period according to the method described in S210.
  • the method 200 further includes: the terminal device determines that since the contention window value was last updated, there is no TB with the same feedback type as the TB to be transmitted and the transmission is completed.
  • the terminal device determines the reference time period according to the method described in S210.
  • the transmission of the TB is completed in the following two cases: the initial transmission and all retransmissions of the TB are completed; or the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB is ACK; or the feedback information of a certain retransmission of the TB is ACK.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within a reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize a channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the reference time period, it determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the second TB within a reference time period.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #A: both the initial transmission and the retransmission of the second TB are completed, and the feedback information of the last retransmission of the second TB is NACK.
  • condition #A can also be understood as that the second TB is a TB for which the terminal device receives feedback information among the completed TBs included in the reference time period.
  • the reference time period includes time slot 1 to time slot 7.
  • Time slot 1 is used to transmit the first blind transmission of TB#1
  • time slot 4 is used to transmit the second blind transmission of TB#1
  • the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#1 is 2
  • the feedback type of TB#1 is HARQ disabled.
  • Time slot 2 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#2
  • time slot 3 is used to transmit the first retransmission of TB#2
  • time slot 5 is used to transmit the last retransmission of TB#2
  • the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#2 is 3, and the feedback type of TB#2 is unicast.
  • Time slot 6 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#3, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#3 is 2, and the feedback type of TB#3 is multicast 2.
  • Time slot 7 is used to transmit the initial transmission of TB#4, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to TB#4 is 2, and the feedback type of TB#4 is multicast 2.
  • the terminal device receives the feedback information NACK of the initial transmission of TB#2, the feedback information NACK of the first retransmission of TB#2, and the feedback information NACK of the last retransmission of TB#2 in time slot 7.
  • the terminal device receives the initial transmission feedback information ACK of TB#3 in time slot 8.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #B: the feedback information of the initial transmission or retransmission of the second TB is ACK.
  • condition #B can also be understood as that the second TB is a TB for which the terminal device receives feedback information among the completed TBs included in the reference time period.
  • the terminal device may determine TB#3 as the second TB.
  • condition #A and condition #B can be combined into one condition: that is, the second TB is the TB for which the terminal device receives feedback information among the TBs whose transmission is completed within the reference time period.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #C: in terms of feedback type sorting, the feedback type of the second TB is sorted before the feedback types of the remaining TBs within the reference time period.
  • This embodiment of the application does not limit the order of feedback types.
  • the order of feedback types is predefined, and the order of different feedback types from front to back is: multicast 2, multicast 1, unicast, HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#3 in the reference time period shown in FIG5 as the second TB.
  • the order of feedback types is predefined, and the order of different feedback types from front to back is: multicast 2, unicast, multicast 1, HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#3 in the reference time period shown in FIG5 as the second TB.
  • the order of feedback types is predefined, and the order of different feedback types from front to back is: unicast, multicast 2, multicast 1, HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#2 in the reference time period shown in FIG5 as the second TB.
  • the order of different feedback types is determined according to the predefined feedback type order and the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted. Specifically, the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted is ordered first, and the other feedback types are ordered later. If there are multiple feedback types corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, the multiple feedback types corresponding to the TB to be transmitted are sorted in a predefined feedback type order. If there are multiple feedback types other than the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, the other feedback types are sorted in a predefined feedback type order.
  • the feedback types other than HARQ disabled are sorted first, and the other feedback types different from the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted are sorted later, and HARQ disabled is sorted last.
  • the terminal device determines the feedback type order from front to back according to the predefined feedback type order and the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted: unicast, groupcast 2, groupcast 1, HARQ is not enabled. Based on this order, the terminal device can determine TB#2 in the reference time period shown in FIG5 as the second TB.
  • the terminal device orders the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted according to the predefined feedback type order to obtain the feedback type order: unicast, HARQ is not enabled, and then the terminal device orders the feedback types except the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted according to the predefined feedback type order to obtain the feedback type order: groupcast 2, multicast 1.
  • the terminal device arranges the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted before the remaining feedback types, so that the feedback types are determined to be ordered from front to back: unicast, HARQ is not enabled, groupcast 2, multicast 1. Based on this order, the terminal device can determine TB#2 in the reference time period shown in Figure 5 as the second TB.
  • the terminal device puts the feedback types corresponding to the TB to be transmitted except HARQ disabled in front, that is, the terminal device puts unicast first, and then the terminal device sorts the feedback types except the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted after unicast according to the predetermined feedback type sorting, and finally puts HARQ disabled at the end, so that the feedback types determined by the terminal device are ordered from front to back: unicast, multicast 2, multicast 1, HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device determines the feedback type order from front to back according to the predefined feedback type order and the feedback type corresponding to the TB to be transmitted: groupcast 2, unicast, groupcast 1, HARQ is not enabled. Based on this order, the terminal device can determine TB#3 in the reference time period shown in Figure 5 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #D: the feedback type of the second TB is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB among the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the second TB when the second TB satisfies condition #D, the second TB is the same as the first TB described above.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#1 and/or TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the terminal device selects a TB that satisfies the above condition #C.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #E: the second TB is the latest transmitted or earliest transmitted TB in the reference time period among the TBs corresponding to the feedback information received by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine TB#3 as the second TB.
  • the terminal device may determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #F: the transmission priority corresponding to the second TB is the same as the transmission priority corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #G: a contention window value determined according to the transmission status of the second TB is greater than a contention window value determined according to the transmission status of the remaining TBs in the reference time period.
  • the terminal device can determine a candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of each TB in the reference time period, and then determine the maximum value of at least one candidate contention window value as the target contention window value.
  • the TBs in the reference time period include TB#1, TB#2, and TB#3.
  • the terminal device can determine the candidate contention window value CWp1 according to the transmission situation of TB#1, determine the candidate contention window value CWp2 according to the transmission situation of TB#2, and determine the candidate contention window value CWp3 according to the transmission situation of TB#3. Then, the terminal device determines the maximum value among CWp1, CWp2, and CWp3. is the target contention window value. It can be understood that the TB corresponding to the maximum contention window value to be selected is the second TB. For example, if CWp2 is the maximum value among CWp1, CWp2 and CWp3, the second TB is TB#2.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #H: a contention window value determined according to the transmission status of the second TB is smaller than a contention window value determined according to the transmission status of the remaining TBs in the reference time period.
  • the terminal device can determine a candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of each TB in the reference time period, and then determine the minimum value of at least one candidate contention window value as the target contention window value.
  • the TBs in the reference time period include TB#1, TB#2, and TB#3.
  • the terminal device can determine the contention window value CWp1 to be selected based on the transmission situation of TB#1, determine the contention window value CWp2 to be selected based on the transmission situation of TB#2, and determine the contention window value CWp3 to be selected based on the transmission situation of TB#3, and then the terminal device determines the minimum value among CWp1, CWp2, and CWp3 as the target contention window value.
  • the TB corresponding to the minimum contention window value to be selected is the second TB. For example, if CWp3 is the minimum value among CWp1, CWp2, and CWp3, the second TB is TB#3.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #I: the priority of transmission corresponding to the second TB is higher than the priority of transmission corresponding to the remaining TBs within the reference time.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#1 and TB#3 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #J: the second TB is a TB in the reference time period in which the terminal device receives feedback information corresponding to the TB.
  • Condition #J can also be understood as, if the reference time period includes a TB whose feedback type is HARQ enabled, the terminal device preferentially determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB with feedback information in the TB whose feedback type is HARQ enabled. Or condition #J can also be understood as, if the reference time period includes a TB whose feedback type is HARQ enabled and a TB whose feedback type is not HARQ enabled, the terminal device preferentially determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB with feedback information in the TB whose feedback type is HARQ enabled. Among them, the feedback type of TB is HARQ enabled, which is equivalent to the feedback type of TB being one of multicast 2, multicast 1 and unicast.
  • the terminal device may determine TB# 2 and TB# 3 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies multiple conditions among the above conditions #A to condition #J.
  • the second TB satisfies the above-mentioned condition #A and condition #D.
  • condition #A and condition #D the initial transmission and retransmission of TB#2 in the reference time period are completed, and the feedback information of the last retransmission of TB#2 is NACK, and the feedback type of TB#2 is the same as the feedback type of one of the TBs to be transmitted, so TB#2 satisfies condition #A and condition #D, and the terminal device can determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #C and condition #D.
  • the second TB is the TB in the reference time period
  • the feedback type is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB to be transmitted
  • the feedback type is ranked first.
  • the feedback type of TB#1 in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type of one TB in the TB to be transmitted
  • the feedback type of TB#2 is the same as the feedback type of one TB in the TB to be transmitted. If the unicast ranking is before the HARQ disabled ranking, the terminal device determines TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #D and condition #F.
  • the second TB is a TB in the reference time period, and the corresponding transmission priority is the same as the transmission priority of the TB to be transmitted, and the feedback type of the TB is the same as the feedback type of at least one TB in the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #E and condition #J.
  • the second TB satisfies condition #E and condition #I
  • the second TB is a TB in the reference time period
  • the corresponding transmission priority is the same as the transmission priority corresponding to the TB to be transmitted
  • the terminal device receives the feedback information of the TB.
  • the CAPC corresponding to the TB to be transmitted is 3
  • the CAPC corresponding to the transmission of TB#2 in the reference time period is 3
  • the terminal device receives the feedback information of TB#2, so the terminal device can determine TB#2 as the second TB.
  • the second TB satisfies two of the conditions #A to #J, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of conditions that the second TB satisfies.
  • the second TB may satisfy condition #A, condition #D, and condition #E.
  • the second TB is the same as the first TB described above.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the second TB according to one or more of the above conditions #A to #J, the terminal device can The target contention window value is determined based on the transmission situation.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission situation of the second TB.
  • the terminal device can determine the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the second TB. For example, if the feedback information of the second TB is ACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as the minimum value within the target value range. If the feedback information of the second TB is NACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is larger than the contention window value of the first COT. Among them, the target value range is the contention window value range corresponding to the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the contention window value of the first COT is the contention window value used by the terminal device when obtaining the first COT.
  • the terminal device can determine the target contention window value to 7; when the feedback information of the second TB is NACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value to 15.
  • the terminal device can determine that the contention window value is guaranteed to remain unchanged, that is, the terminal device determines the contention window value of the first COT as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device can determine the target contention window value based on the proportion of the retransmitted TB in the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the second TB, including the following two situations: the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the second TB in the time slot when the feedback information of the second TB is expected to be received; or, the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the second TB at the moment when the target contention window value is determined; or, the moment when the terminal device determines the target contention window value is earlier than the moment when the terminal device receives or processes the feedback information of the second TB.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the second TB. For example, if the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the second TB exceeds the preset threshold #1, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is greater than the contention window value of the first COT; if the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the second TB is lower than the preset threshold #1, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as the minimum value within the target value range.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission situation of a second TB, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the terminal device may also determine the target contention window value according to the transmission situation of a second TB in other ways. For example, if the feedback type of the second TB is HARQ disabled, the terminal device may determine the contention window value of the first COT as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of one second TB among the M second TBs.
  • M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the second TB transmitted the latest among the M second TBs.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the second TB transmitted the earliest among the M second TBs.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of the M second TBs.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission conditions of the M second TBs in the following ways.
  • the terminal device determines N to-be-selected contention window values according to the transmission conditions of the M second TBs; and then the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the N to-be-selected contention window values.
  • the target contention window value is the maximum value among the N to-be-selected contention window values; or, the target contention window value is the minimum value among the N to-be-selected contention window values; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value that is greater than the average value of the N to-be-selected contention window values and has the smallest difference with the average value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value that has the smallest absolute difference with the N to-be-selected contention window values among the N to-be-selected contention window values.
  • N is a positive integer, and N ⁇ M.
  • the terminal device determines N to-be-selected contention window values according to the transmission conditions of the M second TBs in the following ways.
  • the terminal device determines a candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of each second TB in the M second TBs, and then the terminal device can determine a total of M candidate contention window values. For example, if the M second TBs include TB#A and TB#B, the terminal device can determine a candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of TB#A, and then determine a candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of TB#B.
  • the terminal device determines a contention window value to be selected according to the transmission conditions of the second TBs with the same feedback type among the M second TBs, and then the number of contention window values to be selected determined by the terminal device is the same as the number of feedback types corresponding to the M second TBs.
  • the M second TBs include TB#A, TB#B, and TB#C
  • the feedback types of TB#A and TB#B are the same
  • the feedback type of TB#C is different from the feedback type of TB#A and TB#B
  • the terminal device can determine a contention window value to be selected according to the transmission conditions of TB#A and TB#B, and then determine a contention window value to be selected according to the transmission conditions of TB#C.
  • the terminal device may determine a candidate contention window value according to multiple second TBs with the same feedback type by referring to method 1 above, or method 2 below, or method 3 below.
  • the terminal device counts feedback information of the M second TBs; and then the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the feedback information of the M second TBs.
  • the terminal device counts the feedback information of M second TBs in the following manner: if the feedback type of the TB is unicast, then the feedback information of the initial transmission of the TB and the feedback information of each retransmission are counted, or, the ACK feedback information of the TB is counted, or, the feedback information of the last retransmission of the TB is counted; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 1, and the feedback information of the TB is NACK, then the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 2, and the feedback type of the TB is not NACK, then the feedback information of the TB is recorded as ACK, and the number of feedback information of the TB is recorded as 1, or recorded as L or L-1, where L is the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group for receiving the TB; if the feedback type of the TB is multicast 2, then each feedback information of the TB is counted.
  • the terminal device will not receive the feedback information of the TB, and further the terminal device will not count the feedback information of the TB whose feedback type is HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device can count the feedback information of TB's initial transmission and/or the feedback information of each retransmission, or count the feedback information of TB's last retransmission, or count the feedback information of TB that is not NACK, or count the feedback information of TB that is not ACK.
  • the M second TBs include TB#A, TB#B, and TB#C.
  • the feedback type of TB#A is unicast
  • the reference time period includes the initial transmission and the first retransmission of TB#A
  • the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#A is NACK
  • the feedback information of the retransmission of TB#A is ACK.
  • the feedback type of TB#B is multicast 1, the reference time period includes the initial transmission of TB#B, and the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#B is not NACK.
  • the feedback type of TB#C is multicast 2
  • the reference time period includes the initial transmission of TB#C
  • the feedback information of the initial transmission of TB#C includes S ACKs and T NACKs, where S and T are both integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the terminal device counts the feedback information of each transmission of TB#A, the terminal device counts two feedback information of TB#A, one feedback information is ACK, and the other feedback information is NACK.
  • the terminal device For TB#B, if the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group for receiving TB#2 is L1, the terminal device records the feedback information of TB#2 as ACK, and the number of ACKs can be recorded as L1-1.
  • the terminal device counts the number of ACKs of TB#C as S, and the number of NACKs of TB#C as T. Furthermore, the terminal device counts the number of feedback information of M second TBs as (S+T+L1+1), where the number of ACKs is (L1+S) and the number of NACKs is (T+1).
  • the terminal device counts the feedback information of each transmission of TB#A.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the terminal device to counting the feedback information of each transmission of TB with a feedback type of unicast.
  • the terminal device can count the ACK feedback information of the TB with a feedback type of unicast, or count the feedback information of the last retransmission, that is, the terminal device counts the feedback information once for the TB with a feedback type of unicast.
  • the target contention window value can be determined based on the statistical results. For example, if the proportion of ACK in the feedback information of the M second TBs exceeds the preset threshold #2, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as the minimum value within the target value range; if the proportion of ACK in the feedback information of the M second TBs is lower than the preset threshold #2, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is larger than the contention window value of the first COT.
  • the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is larger than the contention window value of the first COT; if the proportion of NACK in the feedback information of the M second TBs is lower than the preset threshold #2, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as the minimum value within the target value range.
  • the terminal device can determine that the contention window value is guaranteed to remain unchanged, that is, the terminal device determines the contention window value of the first COT as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the proportion of the retransmitted TBs in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device updates the contention window value according to the transmission order of the M second TBs or the order of receiving feedback information of the M second TBs, and in turn according to the transmission status of the M second TBs until the target contention window value is determined.
  • the terminal device determines the first intermediate contention window value according to the transmission status of the first second TB among the M second TBs based on the transmission order of the M second TBs or the order of receiving feedback information of the M second TBs; then determines the second intermediate contention window value according to the transmission status of the second second TB among the M second TBs and the first intermediate contention window value; ...; finally, determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the Mth second TB among the M second TBs and the M-1th intermediate contention window value.
  • the M second TBs include TB#A, TB#B, and TB#C, and TB#A to TB#C are arranged in the order of transmission as follows: TB#A, TB#B, TB#C.
  • the contention window value of the first COT is 31, the CAPC of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted is 3, and the feedback information of TB#A is ACK, the terminal device can determine the first intermediate contention window value as 15.
  • the terminal device can determine the second intermediate contention window value as a value greater than 15, for example, as 31.
  • the feedback information of TB#C is NACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value as a value greater than 31, for example, as 63.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within a reference time period.
  • At least one TB may include one TB.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB that is transmitted the latest within the reference time period.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of one TB within the reference time period may refer to the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of a second TB described above.
  • At least one TB may include multiple TBs.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value based on the transmission conditions of all TBs or multiple TBs within the reference time period.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission conditions of at least one TB within the reference time period in a manner that can refer to the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission conditions of M second TBs described above.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one to-be-selected contention window value according to the transmission situation of at least one TB; and then the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the at least one to-be-selected contention window value.
  • the target contention window value is the maximum value among at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the minimum value among at least one to-be-selected contention window value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value that is greater than the average value of at least one to-be-selected contention window value and has the smallest difference with the average value; or, the target contention window value is the to-be-selected contention window value that has the smallest absolute value of the difference with at least one to-be-selected contention window value among at least one to-be-selected contention window value.
  • the terminal device may count the feedback information of at least one TB; and then the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the feedback information of at least one TB.
  • the reference time period includes TB#A with feedback type HARQ disabled, TB#B with feedback type unicast, and TB#C with feedback type multicast 2, and the terminal device counts feedback information of TB#B and TB#C, and then determines the target contention window value according to the feedback information of TB#B and TB#C. For example, the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the ACK ratio and/or NACK ratio in the feedback information of TB#B and TB#C.
  • the manner in which the terminal device counts feedback information of at least one TB may refer to the manner in which the terminal device counts feedback information of M second TBs described above.
  • the terminal device updates the contention window value according to the transmission order of at least one TB or the order of receiving feedback information of at least one TB, and in turn according to the transmission status of at least one TB until the target contention window value is determined.
  • the terminal device determines the contention window value based on the transmission status of the most recently completed TB.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the most recently completed TB. For example, if the reference time period includes the last retransmission of the most recently completed TB, and the feedback information of the last retransmission is NACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value to be a value within the target value range that is greater than the contention window value of the first COT. For another example, if the reference time period includes the first transmission of the most recently completed TB, and the feedback information of the first transmission is ACK, the terminal device can determine the target contention window value to be the minimum value within the target value range.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value based on the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the most recently transmitted TB. For example, if the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the most recently transmitted TB exceeds the preset threshold #1, the terminal device may determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is greater than the contention window value of the first COT; if the number of blind transmissions or the blind transmission ratio of the most recently transmitted TB is lower than the preset threshold #1, the terminal device may determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is greater than the contention window value of the first COT; The contention window value determines the minimum value within the target value range.
  • the terminal device may determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB most recently transmitted within the reference time period.
  • the terminal device determines that the contention window value remains unchanged, that is, the terminal device determines the contention window value of the first COT as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the proportion of the retransmitted TB in the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB, including the following two situations: the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB in the time slot when the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB is expected to be received; or, the terminal device fails to receive the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB at the moment when the target contention window value is determined; or, the moment when the terminal device determines the target contention window value is earlier than the moment when the terminal device receives or processes the feedback information of the second TB.
  • the terminal device does not receive feedback information from a TB, it can be considered that the TB is an incompletely transmitted TB.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the feedback information of the most recently transmitted TB.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device includes the most recently transmitted TB, that is, the TB with feedback type multicast 2 shown in Figure 7, and the terminal device receives feedback information of the TB with feedback type multicast 2, then the terminal device can determine the target contention window value based on the feedback information of the TB with feedback type multicast 2.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the target contention window value, it can seize the channel for the TB to be transmitted according to the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device determines a random number N init according to the target contention window value, and the value of the random number N init is between 0 and the target contention window value, and then if the terminal device monitors that the idle time slots of the channel reach N init time slots, the terminal device seizes the channel for the TB to be transmitted, and then the terminal device can transmit the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine a suitable contention window value according to the transmission of at least one TB within a reference time period, so as to help avoid collisions between different devices and improve system transmission efficiency. For example, if at least one TB within the reference time period is successfully transmitted, the terminal device can determine a smaller contention window value, so as to help reduce the duration of LBT execution and improve channel access efficiency. If at least one TB within the reference time period fails to transmit, the terminal device can determine a larger contention window value, so as to extend the duration of LBT execution to reduce the possibility of collision between the terminal device and other surrounding devices.
  • the reference time period can be determined, and the contention window value can be determined according to the transmission status of at least one TB in the reference time period.
  • FIG8 shows a schematic flow chart of a method 800 for determining a contention window value provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type.
  • the at least one feedback type is a feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted.
  • At least one feedback type may be a feedback type of a TB having the lowest transmission priority among the TBs to be transmitted.
  • the at least one feedback type may include all feedback types corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the TB to be transmitted includes two TBs, of which the feedback type of one TB is unicast and the feedback type of the other TB is multicast 2.
  • the CAPC corresponding to the transmission of the TB with the feedback type of unicast is 2, and the CAPC corresponding to the transmission of the TB with the feedback type of multicast 2 is 3.
  • At least one feedback type includes all possible feedback types. For example, if at least one feedback type includes unicast, groupcast 1, groupcast 2, and HARQ disabled, the terminal device determines a reference time period corresponding to unicast, a reference time period corresponding to groupcast 1, a reference time period corresponding to groupcast 2, and determines a reference time period corresponding to HARQ disabled.
  • the terminal device may determine that at least one feedback type is multicast 2. Then in S810, the terminal device determines a reference time period #1 corresponding to multicast 2.
  • the terminal device may determine that at least one feedback type includes multicast 2 and unicast. Then in S810, the terminal device determines a reference time period #1 corresponding to unicast and determines a reference time period #2 corresponding to multicast 2.
  • the feedback type of the TB in the reference time period determined by the terminal device for each feedback type is the same as the feedback type corresponding to the reference time period. For example, as shown in FIG9 , the feedback type of the TB in the reference time period #2 determined by the terminal device for multicast 2 is multicast 2, and the feedback type of the TB in the reference time period #1 determined by the terminal device for unicast is unicast.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device for each feedback type may be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the reference time period #2 determined by the terminal device for multicast 2 is continuous, while the reference time period #1 determined for unicast is discontinuous, that is, the reference time period #1 includes TBs with feedback type unicast, but does not include TBs with feedback type HARQ disabled between two TBs with feedback type unicast.
  • the reference time period #1 determined by the terminal device for unicast is continuous, and the reference time period #2 determined for multicast 2 is also continuous.
  • the priority of the COT to which each reference time period belongs determined by the terminal device is the same as the transmission priority corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the definition of the priority of the COT and the definition of the transmission priority corresponding to the TB to be transmitted can refer to the description in S210 above.
  • a TB in a COT to which each reference time period belongs corresponds to at least two feedback types, or a TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the following takes feedback type #1 in at least one feedback type as an example to illustrate other characteristics that the reference time period determined by the terminal device for feedback type #1 may have.
  • the COT to which the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 belongs is recorded as the second COT.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes a TB whose feedback type is feedback type #1.
  • the reference time period finally determined by the terminal device can be the candidate reference time period that is closest to the current moment among the multiple candidate reference time periods and the priority of the COT to which the candidate reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the second COT has the same transmission priority as the TB to be transmitted, includes a TB whose feedback type is feedback type #1, and is the COT closest to the current moment.
  • the TB with feedback type #1 included in the reference time period may be a TB that has been transmitted or a TB that has not been transmitted, and this application does not limit this.
  • the TB with feedback type #1 included in the reference time period is the TB with feedback type #1 that has been transmitted most recently.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes at least one TB whose transmission has been completed and whose feedback type is feedback type #1.
  • the reference time period finally determined by the terminal device can be the candidate reference time period that is closest to the current moment among the multiple candidate reference time periods, and the priority of the COT to which the candidate reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted.
  • the second COT has the same transmission priority as the TB to be transmitted, includes at least one TB whose transmission has been completed and whose feedback type is feedback type #1, and is the COT closest to the current moment.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes the most recently transmitted TB with feedback type #1.
  • the terminal device may first determine the second COT, and then determine the reference time period according to the second COT to which the terminal device belongs. The following describes a manner in which the terminal device determines the first COT.
  • the second COT is the COT that has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, includes a TB with feedback type #1, and is closest to the current moment.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT that has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, includes a TB with feedback type #1, and is closest to the current moment among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value as the second COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 based on the second COT.
  • the second COT is the COT that has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, includes at least one TB that has been transmitted and whose feedback type is feedback type #1, and is the closest to the current moment.
  • the terminal device can determine the COT that has the same priority as the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, includes at least one TB that has been transmitted, and whose feedback type is feedback type #1 among the COTs that have been transmitted since the last update of the contention window value as the second COT. The terminal device can then determine the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 based on the second COT.
  • the reference time period or the second COT includes a definition of a TB that has completed transmission, and reference may be made to the description in S210 above.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes all TBs in the second COT whose feedback type is feedback type #1. That is, the start time of feedback type #1 is the transmission start time of the TB with feedback type #1 that is transmitted first in the second COT, and the end time of feedback type #1 is the transmission end time of the TB with feedback type #1 that is transmitted last in the second COT. As shown in FIG9 , The reference time period #1 includes all TBs with feedback type unicast in the COT to which the reference time period #1 belongs, and the reference time period #2 includes all TBs with feedback type multicast 2 in the COT to which the reference time period belongs.
  • the reference time period #1 includes time slots 1 and 3 for transmitting TBs with feedback type unicast, and the reference time period #2 includes time slots 5 and 6 for transmitting TBs with feedback type multicast 2.
  • the reference time period #1 includes time slots 1 and 2 for transmitting TBs with feedback type unicast, and the reference time period #2 includes time slots 5 and 6 for transmitting TBs with feedback type multicast 2.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes the TB with feedback type #1 that is transmitted the latest in the second COT.
  • the second COT includes two TBs with feedback type #1, namely TB#a and TB#b, where TB#b is the TB transmitted the latest
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes TB#b, namely, the start time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission start time of TB#b
  • the end time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission end time of TB#b.
  • reference time period #1 includes the second TB with feedback type unicast shown in FIG9 , namely, reference time period #1 includes time slot 3 for transmitting the TB with feedback type unicast as shown in (a) of FIG9 , or reference time period #1 includes time slot 2 for transmitting the TB with feedback type unicast as shown in (b) of FIG9 .
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes a TB of feedback type #1 whose transmission is completed in the second COT.
  • the second COT includes two TBs of feedback type #1, namely TB#a and TB#b, where TB#b is a TB of which transmission is completed
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes TB#b, that is, the start time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission start time of TB#b
  • the end time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission end time of TB#b.
  • reference time period #1 includes the second TB of feedback type unicast shown in FIG9 , that is, reference time period #1 includes time slot 3 for transmitting a TB of feedback type unicast shown in (a) of FIG9 , or reference time period #1 includes time slot 2 for transmitting a TB of feedback type unicast shown in (b) of FIG9 .
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes a TB with feedback type #1 in the second COT and feedback information.
  • the second COT includes two TBs with feedback type #1, namely TB#a and TB#b
  • the terminal device receives feedback information of TB#a but does not receive feedback information of TB#b
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes TB#a, that is, the start time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission start time of TB#a
  • the end time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the transmission end time of TB#a.
  • reference time period #1 includes the first TB with feedback type unicast shown in FIG9 , that is, reference time period #1 includes time slot 1 for transmitting a TB with feedback type unicast shown in (a) of FIG9 , or reference time period #1 includes time slot 1 for transmitting a TB with feedback type unicast shown in (b) of FIG9 .
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes the TBs in the second COT that have feedback information and whose feedback type is feedback type #1 transmitted first or transmitted last.
  • the second COT includes two TBs whose feedback type is feedback type #1, namely, TB#a and TB#b, and the terminal device receives feedback information of TB#a and TB#b
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes TB#a transmitted first, or the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes TB#b transmitted last.
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes the first transmission time slot of the TB with feedback information and the feedback type of feedback type #1 that is transmitted first in the second COT.
  • the second COT includes two TBs with feedback type #1, namely TB#a and TB#b, and the terminal device receives feedback information of TB#a and TB#b
  • the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 includes the first transmission time slot of TB#a that is transmitted first.
  • the start time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the start time of the COT to which the reference time period belongs
  • the end time of the reference time period corresponding to feedback type #1 is the end time of the first transmission time slot of TB#a.
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period corresponding to each feedback type among multiple feedback types
  • the COTs to which the reference time periods corresponding to different feedback types belong may be the same or different, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the method 800 further includes: the terminal device determines that the TBs in the completed COT that have been transmitted since the contention window value was last updated correspond to at least two feedback types.
  • the terminal device determines the reference time period according to the method described in S810.
  • method 800 further includes: the terminal device determines that the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the terminal device determines the reference time period according to the method described in S810.
  • the terminal device can determine the reference time period and the target contention window value according to the above method 200.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the TB transmission situation in the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type.
  • the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period, and then the terminal device can determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB in the reference time period.
  • the method described in S220 above for the terminal device to determine the target contention window value according to the transmission status of a second TB can be referred to.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TBs within the reference time period.
  • the method described in S220 above, in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of M second TBs, can be referred to.
  • the method in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type includes: the terminal device determines at least one candidate contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB within the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type; and then the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the at least one candidate contention window value.
  • the target contention window value is the maximum value of at least one contention window value to be selected; or, the target contention window value is the minimum value of at least one contention window value to be selected; or, the target contention window value is a contention window value to be selected that is greater than the average value of at least one contention window value to be selected and has the smallest difference with the average value; or, the target contention window value is a contention window value to be selected that has the smallest absolute value of the difference with at least one contention window value to be selected.
  • the terminal device determines the reference time period #1 corresponding to unicast and the reference time period #2 corresponding to multicast 2, the terminal device determines a candidate contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB in the reference time period #1, and determines a candidate contention window value based on the transmission status of the TB in the reference time period #2, and then the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the two candidate contention window values.
  • the terminal device determines multiple reference time periods, and a reference time period among the multiple reference time periods includes a TB, the terminal device determines the candidate contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB in the reference time period.
  • the method for determining the target contention window value according to the transmission status of a second TB by the terminal device as described in S220 above can be referred to.
  • the terminal device determines the target contention window value based on the transmission status of the TBs within the reference time period.
  • the method described in S220 above for the terminal device to determine the target contention window value based on the transmission status of M second TBs can be referred to.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the target contention window value, it can seize the channel for the TB to be transmitted according to the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device determines a random number N init according to the target contention window value, and the value of the random number N init is between 0 and the target contention window value, and then if the terminal device monitors that the idle time slots of the channel reach N init time slots, the terminal device seizes the channel for the TB to be transmitted, and then the terminal device can transmit the TB to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can also determine the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type, and determine the contention window value according to the transmission situation of the TB within the reference time period, thereby facilitating the determination of a suitable contention window value, and further facilitating the avoidance of mutual collisions between different devices and improving the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the reference time period may be determined as follows: the reference time period is located in a COT, and the start time of the reference time period is the start time of the COT to which the reference time period belongs, and the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first time slot in the COT to which the reference time period belongs that satisfies the following conditions: at least one hybrid automatic repeat request-positive acknowledgement enabled (HARQ-ACK enabled) PSSCH is transmitted, or at least one positive acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement hybrid automatic repeat request-positive acknowledgement enabled (ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled) PSSCH is transmitted.
  • HARQ-ACK enabled hybrid automatic repeat request-positive acknowledgement enabled
  • ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled positive acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement hybrid automatic repeat request-positive acknowledgement enabled
  • the above-mentioned at least one HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH or ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH is a PSSCH sent by a terminal device of the initial COT (i.e., a terminal device that is about to adjust the contention window value).
  • the following problem may exist: if before the end of the reference time period, only one HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH or ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH is transmitted, and the PSFCH of the PSSCH is not successfully sent by the PSSCH receiving terminal device due to a PSFCH transmission/reception conflict or a transmission/transmission conflict, so that the HARQ of the PSSCH cannot be detected by the PSSCH sending terminal device (i.e., the terminal device of the initial COT), the sending terminal device will not have enough information to determine how to adjust the contention window value.
  • PSFCH carries HARQ information to indicate whether the corresponding PSSCH has been successfully received.
  • the terminal device is the sending terminal device of PSFCH
  • the sending terminal device of PSSCH is the receiving terminal device of PSFCH.
  • UE1 wants to determine how to adjust the contention window value based on the HARQ of the PSSCH in the reference time period.
  • the PSSCH sent by UE1 to UE3 is a HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH or an ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • UE 3 will not send PSFCH to UE 1.
  • a PSFCH conflict occurs.
  • UE3 receives PSSCH from UE1 and UE2, and UE3 needs to send PSFCH to UE 1 and UE 2 at the same time.
  • UE 3 may not be able to send two PSFCHs at the same time and will have to discard some PSFCHs.
  • TS 3GPP technical specification
  • UE3 receives the PSSCH from UE1, and UE3 sends the PSSCH to UE2, and the resources for UE3 to send the PSFCH to UE1 and the resources for UE3 to receive the PSFCH from UE2 are located in the same time slot (that is, UE 3 needs to send and receive the PSFCH at the same time).
  • the terminal device will only receive or send the PSFCH with a higher priority.
  • UE 3 will choose to receive the PSFCH from UE 2 at this time, and will not send the PSFCH to UE 1.
  • UE 3 does not send the PSFCH to UE1 due to a transmission and reception conflict.
  • the transmitting terminal device of PSSCH fails to detect HARQ due to a PSFCH transmission/reception conflict or a transmission/transmission conflict, the transmitting terminal device may mistakenly believe that a PSSCH collision has occurred, resulting in a PSSCH reception failure and no HARQ is detected, so the transmitting terminal device blindly raises the contention window value.
  • Type 1 LBT when the terminal device executes Type 1 LBT, it will determine the value of counter N according to the contention window value. The larger the contention window value determined by the terminal device, the larger the value of counter N determined according to the contention window value may be.
  • the terminal device executes Type 1 LBT for a longer time, that is, the terminal device needs a longer time to access the channel. Therefore, when the terminal device blindly raises the contention window value, the probability of the transmitting terminal device accessing the channel will be reduced.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a method for determining a contention window value, in order to determine a suitable contention window value.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flow chart of a method 1100 for determining a contention window value provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1100 may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that initializes the COT.
  • the reference time period is within a COT (hereinafter referred to as COT#3, where the COT is initialized by the terminal device), the reference time period includes the first PSSCH, the first PSSCH is a HARQ enabled PSSCH, and the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH is detected by the terminal device.
  • the reference time period includes the first PSSCH means that the terminal device completes the transmission of the first PSSCH within the reference time period.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH, HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH is a HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH includes one or more of the following PSSCHs: a HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, or a HARQ-enabled groupcast 2 PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled PSSCH is an ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH.
  • the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH refers to a PSSCH that satisfies the following conditions: the feedback type (cast type) of the PSSCH is unicast, and the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the second-order sidelink control information (SCI), or SCI-2) includes HARQ enabling indication information.
  • the control information is the second-order sidelink control information (SCI), or SCI-2) includes HARQ enabling indication information.
  • the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH refers to a PSSCH that satisfies the following conditions: the cast type of the PSSCH is multicast 1, and the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the second-order SCI, or SCI-2) includes HARQ enabling indication information.
  • HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH refers to a PSSCH that satisfies the following conditions: the cast type of the PSSCH is multicast 2, and the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the second-order SCI, or called SCI-2) includes HARQ enabling indication information.
  • control information associated with PSSCH (for example, the control information is the second-order SCI, or called SCI-2) includes HARQ enable indication information
  • the control information of PSSCH instructs the receiving device of PSSCH to feed back the HARQ information of PSSCH to the terminal device.
  • HARQ-enabled PSSCH with cast type unicast when the PSSCH receiving device correctly receives the PSSCH, ACK information is fed back to the terminal device; when the PSSCH receiving device correctly receives the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the first-order SCI, or SCI-1), but does not correctly receive the PSSCH, NACK information is fed back to the terminal device. Alternatively, when the PSSCH receiving device does not correctly receive the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the first-order SCI, or SCI-1), HARQ is not fed back to the terminal device.
  • the PSSCH receiving device correctly receives the control information associated with the PSSCH (for example, the control information is the first-order SCI, or called SCI-1) but fails to correctly receive the PSSCH, it feeds back NACK information to the terminal device, otherwise it does not feed back HARQ information.
  • the control information for example, the control information is the first-order SCI, or called SCI-1
  • the way of feeding back HARQ information is the same as the way of feeding back HARQ information for the HARQ-enabled PSSCH whose cast type is unicast, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device detecting the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH means that the terminal device can determine the reception status of the first PSSCH, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the first PSSCH is successfully received or not.
  • the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, which means that the terminal device detects the PSFCH (denoted as PSFCH#1) corresponding to the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH, and the PSFCH#1 carries ACK information or NACK information. It can be understood that after the terminal device receives PSFCH#1, if PSFCH#1 carries ACK information, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH is successfully received, and if PSFCH#1 carries NACK information, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH is not successfully received.
  • the terminal device detecting the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH means that the terminal device detects the PSFCH (denoted as PSFCH#2) corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH, and PSFCH#2 carries NACK information; or, the terminal device detecting the HARQ of the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH means that the terminal device does not detect PSFCH#2.
  • the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH is not successfully received, and if the terminal device does not detect PSFCH#2, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled multicast 1 PSSCH is successfully received.
  • the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH, which means that the terminal device detects the PSFCH (denoted as PSFCH#3) corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH, and PSFCH#3 carries ACK information or NACK information. It can be understood that after the terminal device receives PSFCH#3, if PSFCH#3 carries ACK information, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH is successfully received, and if PSFCH#3 carries NACK information, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH is not successfully received.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the time when the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH.
  • the terminal device can detect the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH within COT#3, or the terminal device can detect the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH after COT#3, as long as the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH before determining the target contention window value.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the start time of the reference time period.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of COT#3.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of determining the start time of the reference time period in COT#3.
  • COT#3 includes time slots 1 to 3.
  • Time slot 1 is used to transmit PSSCH#a
  • time slot 2 is used to transmit PSSCH#b
  • time slot 3 is used to transmit PSSCH#c.
  • PSSCH#a to PSSCH#c are all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs, and the terminal device detects the HARQ corresponding to PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c, so PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c can be examples of the first PSSCH.
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of COT#3
  • the start time of the reference time period is the start time of time slot 1.
  • the reference time period needs to include the first PSSCH.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of the first PSSCH.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the time after the end time of the transmission of the first PSSCH.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram showing a method of determining the end time of a reference time period in COT#3.
  • COT#3 includes time slots 1 to 3.
  • PSSCH#a to PSSCH#c are all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs, and the terminal device has detected the HARQ corresponding to PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c, so PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c can be examples of the first PSSCH. If the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of the first PSSCH, and the first PSSCH is PSSCH#b, then the end time of the reference time period is the end time of time slot 2.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of the first PSSCH
  • the first PSSCH is If the reference time period ends at the end time of the PSSCH transmitted after the first PSSCH, and the first PSSCH is PSSCH#b, the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the time slot 3. If the reference time period ends at the end time of the PSSCH transmitted after the first PSSCH, and the first PSSCH is PSSCH#c, then since PSSCH#c is the last PSSCH in COT#3, the end time of the reference time period, the end time of the PSSCH#c transmission, is the end time of the time slot 3.
  • the PSSCH may occupy multiple consecutive time units.
  • the end time of the PSSCH transmission is the end time of the last time unit occupied by the PSSCH.
  • the end time of the PSSCH transmission is the end time of time slot 3.
  • the time unit mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a time slot, a symbol, a half time slot, or a time slot group.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of transmission of the first PSSCH
  • the first PSSCH is the first HARQ-enabled PSSCH in COT#3 whose corresponding HARQ is detected by the terminal device.
  • PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c are both HARQ-enabled PSSCHs, and the HARQs corresponding to PSSCH#b and PSSCH#c are detected by the terminal device. Since PSSCH#b is transmitted before PSSCH#c, that is, PSSCH#b is the first HARQ-enabled PSSCH whose corresponding HARQ is detected by the terminal device in COT#3, the first PSSCH is PSSCH#b, and the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of PSSCH#b, that is, the end time of slot 2.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the transmission of the first PSSCH
  • the first PSSCH is the first HARQ-enabled PSSCH of the corresponding HARQ detected by the terminal device in COT#3, which is equivalent to the end time of the reference time period being the end time of the first time unit that meets the following conditions: the terminal device has completed the transmission of the first PSSCH.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first time unit that meets the following conditions: the terminal device has completed the transmission of at least one HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH, and at least one PSSCH of the at least one HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH is the PSSCH of the corresponding HARQ detected by the terminal device.
  • the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first time unit that meets the following conditions: the terminal device has completed the transmission of at least one ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH, and at least one PSSCH of the at least one ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH is the PSSCH of the corresponding HARQ detected by the terminal device.
  • COT#3 is the COT closest to the PSSCH to be transmitted, or the priority of COT#3 is the same as the priority of the PSSCH to be transmitted.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines COT#3 can refer to the description in the above method 200.
  • COT#3 does not include the first PSSCH, that is, the PSSCHs in COT#3 are all HARQ-disabled PSSCHs; or, COT#3 includes HARQ-enabled PSSCHs, but the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH in COT#3, then the end time of the reference time period determined by the terminal device can be the end time of COT#3, or, the end time of the reference time period can be the moment when the terminal device determines the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within a reference time period.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within the reference time period may refer to the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB within the reference time period in S220 above.
  • the reference time period determined by the terminal device includes the first PSSCH. Therefore, when the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH in the reference time period, the terminal device can at least determine the target contention window value according to the HARQ of the first PSSCH, thereby avoiding the following problem: the terminal device does not have enough information to determine how to determine the target contention window value due to the terminal device not detecting the HARQ corresponding to the PSSCH in the reference time period.
  • the terminal device can also avoid the problem that when the terminal device does not detect the HARQ, the transmission conflict/reception conflict of the PSFCH is mistakenly regarded as a collision of the PSSCH, thereby blindly raising the contention window value, and then reducing the probability of the transmitting terminal device accessing the channel.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic flow chart of a method 1300 for determining a contention window value provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1300 may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines a reference time period.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that initializes the COT.
  • the reference time period is located within a COT (denoted as COT#3, where COT#3 is the COT initialized by the terminal device), and the reference time period includes at least one HARQ-enabled PSSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine that the start time of the reference time period is the start time of COT#3.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the end time of the reference time period.
  • the terminal device may determine that the end time of the reference time period is the end time of the first time unit that satisfies the following conditions: the terminal device has transmitted at least one HARQ-enabled PSSCH.
  • the terminal device determines a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within a reference time period.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs within the reference time period, the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged, or the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the proportion of the retransmitted PSSCH in the PSSCH to be transmitted.
  • the failure of the terminal device to detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH means that the terminal device cannot determine the reception status of the HARQ-enabled PSSCH.
  • the control information associated with the PSSCH for example, the control information is the first-order SCI, or called SCI-1
  • the PSSCH receiving device does not send HARQ
  • the terminal device may not detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH.
  • the terminal device cannot determine whether a PSSCH collision has occurred, or whether the PSSCH reception is successful but a PSFCH transmission/transmission conflict has occurred.
  • the terminal device failing to detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH means that the terminal device failing to detect the PSFCH corresponding to the HARQ-enabled unicast PSSCH.
  • the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH, which means that the terminal device does not detect the PSFCH corresponding to the HARQ-enabled multicast 2 PSSCH.
  • the terminal device fails to detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH, including the following situations: the terminal device fails to detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH in the time unit in which the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH is expected to be detected; or the terminal device fails to detect the HARQ corresponding to the HARQ-enabled PSSCH until the target contention window value is determined.
  • the terminal device maintaining the contention window value unchanged may include the following two situations: the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged based on the contention window value of the initial COT of the terminal device closest to the current PSSCH to be transmitted; or, the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged based on the contention window value of COT#3.
  • the terminal device may determine the contention window value of the initial COT of the terminal device closest to the current PSSCH to be transmitted as the target contention window value, or the terminal device may determine the contention window value of COT#3 as the target contention window value.
  • the terminal device maintaining the contention window value unchanged can be understood as the terminal device not adjusting the contention window value, or the terminal device not performing the action of adjusting the contention window value. It should be understood that COT#3 may not be the initial COT of the terminal device closest to the current PSSCH to be transmitted, and this embodiment does not limit COT#3.
  • the contention window value of the initial COT of the terminal device can be understood as the contention window value used by the terminal device for the Type 1 LBT for the initial COT.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the target contention window value according to the proportion of retransmitted PSSCH in the PSSCH to be transmitted. For example, if the proportion of retransmitted PSSCH in the PSSCH to be transmitted exceeds threshold #1, the terminal device may determine the target contention window value as a value within the target value range that is greater than the contention window value of COT#3; if the proportion of retransmitted PSSCH in the PSSCH to be transmitted is lower than threshold #1, the terminal device may determine the target contention window value as the minimum value within the target value range, or maintain the contention window value unchanged.
  • the target value range is the contention window value range corresponding to the channel access priority (CAPC) corresponding to the PSSCH to be transmitted. For example, if the CAPC corresponding to the PSSCH to be transmitted is 2, then according to Table 1 above, the target value range is ⁇ 7,15 ⁇ .
  • CAPC channel access priority
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs within the reference time period, the terminal device will no longer blindly increase the contention window value, but will maintain the contention window value unchanged, or determine the target contention window value based on the proportion of retransmitted PSSCHs in the PSSCHs to be transmitted, thereby avoiding the terminal device blindly raising the contention window value, which may lead to a reduction in the probability of the terminal device accessing the channel.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the communication device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of the communication device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices, which include modules for executing the corresponding methods in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It can be understood that the technical features described in the above-mentioned method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2000 includes a processing unit 2010, and the processing unit 2010 can be used to perform data processing.
  • the device 2000 further includes a transceiver unit 2020, which can be used to implement corresponding communication functions.
  • Element 2020 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the device 2000 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 2020 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the device implements the actions of the terminal device in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • a storage unit which can be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 2020 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the device implements the actions of the terminal device in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the device 2000 may be the terminal device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component (such as a chip) of the terminal device.
  • the device 2000 may implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, wherein the processing unit 2010 may be used to execute the processing-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 2010 is used to determine a reference time period, the priority of the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted; the processing unit 2010 is also used to determine a target contention window value according to the transmission status of at least one TB in the reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the feedback type of the TB in the COT to which the reference time period belongs is different from the feedback type of the TB to be transmitted; or, the TB in the COT to which the reference time period belongs corresponds to at least two feedback types; or, the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the processing unit 2010 is used to determine a reference time period corresponding to each feedback type in at least one feedback type, the at least one feedback type is a feedback type of at least one TB in the TBs to be transmitted, the priority of the COT to which the reference time period belongs is the same as the priority of the transmission corresponding to the TB to be transmitted, and the feedback type of the TB in the reference time period is the same as the feedback type corresponding to the reference time period; the processing unit 2010 is further used to determine a target contention window value according to the transmission status of the TB in the reference time period corresponding to each feedback type, and the target contention window value is used to seize a channel for the TB to be transmitted.
  • the TB in the COT to which the reference time period belongs corresponds to at least two feedback types; or the TB to be transmitted corresponds to at least two feedback types.
  • the processing unit 2010 is used to determine a target contention window value based on the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within a reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the PSSCH to be transmitted; wherein the reference time period is within a COT, and the reference time period includes a first PSSCH, the first PSSCH is a HARQ-enabled PSSCH, and the HARQ corresponding to the first PSSCH is detected by a terminal device, and the terminal device is a terminal device that initializes the COT.
  • the processing unit 2010 is used to determine a target contention window value based on the transmission status of at least one PSSCH within a reference time period, and the target contention window value is used to seize the channel for the PSSCH to be transmitted; wherein the reference time period is within a COT, and the reference time period includes at least one HARQ-enabled PSSCH; when the terminal device does not detect the HARQ corresponding to all HARQ-enabled PSSCHs within the reference time period, the terminal device maintains the contention window value unchanged, or the terminal device determines the contention window value based on the proportion of retransmitted PSSCHs in the PSSCH to be transmitted.
  • the device 2000 can implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 2000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, Figure 8, Figure 11 or Figure 13.
  • the device 2000 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.) and a memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a combined logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the device 2000 can be specifically a terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can be used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 2000 of each of the above schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the function can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing the corresponding software implementation.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as the processing unit, can be replaced by a processor to respectively perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • transceiver unit 2020 can also be a transceiver circuit (for example, can include a receiving circuit and a sending circuit), and the processing unit can be a processing circuit.
  • the device in FIG. 14 may be the device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • the transceiver unit may be an input and output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. This is not limited here.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 3000 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3000 includes a processor 3010, which processes The processor 3010 is coupled to the memory 3020.
  • the memory 3020 is further included to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 3010 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 3020, or read the data stored in the memory 3020, so as to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processors 3010 there are one or more processors 3010.
  • the memory 3020 is one or more.
  • the memory 3020 is integrated with the processor 3010, or is separately provided.
  • the device 3000 further includes a transceiver 3030, and the transceiver 3030 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 3010 is used to control the transceiver 3030 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the apparatus 3000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 3010 is used to execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 3020 to implement the relevant operations of the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by the hardware integrated logic circuit in the processor 3010 or the instruction in the form of software.
  • the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor for execution.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 3020, and the processor 3010 reads the information in the memory 3020 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it is not described in detail here.
  • the processor may be one or more integrated circuits for executing related programs to execute the embodiments of the methods of the present application.
  • the processor may include one or more processors and be implemented as a combination of computing devices.
  • the processor may include one or more of the following: a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a digital signal processor (DSP), a digital signal processing device (DSPD), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a programmable logic device (PLD), a gating logic, a transistor logic, a discrete hardware circuit, a processing circuit or other suitable hardware, firmware and/or a combination of hardware and software for performing the various functions described in the present disclosure.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor.
  • processor 3010 may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit may be used to enable the device to execute a software program and process data in the software program.
  • a portion of the processor may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the processor may also store information about the type of device.
  • Program in this application is used to refer to software in a broad sense.
  • Non-limiting examples of software include: program code, program, subroutine, instruction, instruction set, code, code segment, software module, application, or software application, etc.
  • the program can be run in a processor and/or computer. So that the device performs various functions and/or processes described in this application.
  • the memory can store data required by the processor (e.g., processor 3010) when executing software.
  • the memory can be implemented using any suitable storage technology.
  • the memory can be any available storage medium that can be accessed by the processor and/or computer.
  • Non-limiting examples of storage media include random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM), removable media, optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media, magnetic storage devices, flash memory, registers, state memory, remote mounted storage, local or remote storage components, or any other medium capable of carrying or storing software, data or information and accessible by a processor/computer. It should be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the memory e.g., memory 3020
  • the processor e.g., processor 3010
  • the memory may be used to connect to the processor so that the processor can read information from the memory and store and/or write information in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor.
  • the memory and the processor may be provided in an integrated circuit (e.g., the integrated circuit may be provided in a terminal device or other network node).
  • the chip system 4000 (or also referred to as a processing system) includes a logic circuit 4010 and an input/output interface 4020 .
  • the logic circuit 4010 can be a processing circuit in the chip system 4000.
  • the logic circuit 4010 can be coupled to the storage unit and call the instructions in the storage unit so that the chip system 4000 can implement the methods and functions of each embodiment of the present application.
  • the input/output interface 4020 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 4000, outputting information processed by the chip system 4000, or inputting data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 4000 for processing.
  • the chip system 4000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the logic circuit 4010 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments, such as the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2, 8, 11 or 13;
  • the input/output interface 4020 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments, such as the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 or 8.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by a terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments are stored.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes at least one terminal device in the above embodiments.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the above units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the solution provided by the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network or other programmable devices.
  • the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.
  • the computer instruction can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from a computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instruction can be transmitted from a website site, a computer, a server or a data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • wired such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)
  • wireless such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置。根据本申请，即使参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，终端设备也可以确定参考时间段，参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，并根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，从而有利于确定出合适的目标竞争窗口值。当终端设备根据该目标竞争窗口值为待传输的TB抢占信道时，有利于避免不同设备之间的干扰，提高系统传输效率。

Description

确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置
本申请要求在2022年11月04日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202211379032.8的中国专利申请的优先权，发明名称为“确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，在2023年2月17日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202310154106.6的中国专利申请的优先权，发明名称为“确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置。
背景技术
在侧行链路(sidelink，SL)系统中，终端设备抢占信道的一种方式是类型1先听后说(Type 1 LBT)。
在Type 1传输过程中，由于各个发送端设备处于分布式的系统，各发送端设备会独立进行Tyep 1 LBT流程，从而可能出现下面一种情况：多个信道接入优先级等级(channel access priority class，CAPC)相同的设备采用相同的竞争窗口值，且该多个设备根据相同的竞争窗口值随机得到的感知时隙数(Ninit)也相同。在多个设备随机得到的Ninit相同的情况下，可能造成多个设备在Type 1 LBT通过(LBT success)时，会同时发送数据，从而造成数据的冲突(即信号混在一起)，进而接收端无法解调接收信号，造成数据发送失败。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，从而有利于避免不同设备之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。
第一方面，提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法可以包括：终端设备确定参考时间段，该参考时间段所属的信道占用时间(channel occupancy time，COT)的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同；该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为该待传输的TB抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB的反馈类型不同；或者，该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况，可以确定出合适的竞争窗口值，从而有利于避免不同设备之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。例如，若参考时间段内的至少一个TB传输成功，则终端设备可以确定较小的竞争窗口值，从而利于减小执行先听后说(listen before talk，LBT)时长，提高信道接入效率。若参考时间段内的至少一个TB传输失败，则终端设备可以确定较大的竞争窗口值，从而拉长执行LBT的时长，以减小终端设备与周围其他设备发生碰撞的可能性。
此外，即使参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，终端设备也可以根据上述技术方案确定参考时间段，并根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段所属的COT或该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型，与该待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。
基于上述技术方案，若参考时间段所属的COT或参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型，与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则有利于确定出更适用于为待传输的TB抢占信道的目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB；或者， 该参考时间段所属的COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT。
其中，参考时间段包括一个传输完成的TB，包括如下几种情况：该参考时间段包括TB的初传和所有重传；或者，该参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传；或者，该参考时间段包括TB的初传，且TB的初传的反馈信息是确认应答(acknowledgement，ACK)；该参考时间段包括TB的重传，且TB的重传的反馈信息为ACK。
基于上述技术方案，参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB，或者，参考时间段所属的COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT，则有利于确定出更适用于为待传输的TB抢占信道的目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段的开始时刻为以下中的任意一种：该参考时间段所属的COT的开始时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输开始时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内的第一TB的传输开始时刻，该第一TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB中至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；或者，该终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在该参考时间段所属的COT内最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段的结束时刻为以下中的任意一种：该参考时间段所属的COT的结束时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻；该参考时间段所属的COT内的第一TB的传输结束时刻，该第一TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；该终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在该参考时间段所属的COT内最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备确定参考时间段之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备确定自上一次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT内的TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，已传输完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该终端设备确定该待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该终端设备确定自上一次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在与该待传输的TB的反馈类型相同，且传输完成的TB。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定该目标竞争窗口值，该第二TB满足以下条件中的一个或多个：该第二TB的初传和重传都传输完成，且该第二TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息为否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)；该第二TB的初传或重传的反馈信息为ACK；按照预定义的反馈类型排序，该第二TB的反馈类型的排序在该参考时间段内的其余TB的反馈类型之前；该第二TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；该第二TB是该终端设备收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在该参考时间段内最晚传输的TB；该第二TB对应的传输的优先级与该待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同；根据该第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，大于根据该参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值；根据该第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，小于根据该参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值；该第二TB对应的传输的优先级高于该参考时间段内的其余TB对应的传输的优先级；或者，该第二TB是该参考时间段内的TB中，该终端设备接收到TB对应的反馈信息的TB。
上述技术方案提出了多种灵活的确定目标竞争窗口值的方法，从而可以适用多种不同的场景。
其中，该预定义的反馈类型的排序为：不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：组播2、组播1、单播、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)不使能；或者，不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：组播2、单播、组播1、HARQ不使能；或者，不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：单播、组播2、组播1、HARQ不使能。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，若该参考时间段内的TB包括M个该第二TB，M为大于1的整数，则该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该M个第二TB的传输情况确定N个待选竞争窗口值，N为正整数，且N≤M；该终端设备根据该N个待选竞争窗口值确定该目标竞争窗口值；其中，该目标竞争窗口值是该N个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该N个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该N个待选竞争窗口值中大于该多个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该N个待选竞争窗口值中，与该N个待选竞争窗口值的平均值之间 的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
其中，多个第二TB对应一种反馈类型，或者，多个第二TB对应至少两种反馈类型，本申请对此不做限定。
基于上述技术方案，即使终端设备确定了多个第二TB，终端设备也可以根据多个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，若该参考时间段内的TB包括M个该第二TB，M为大于1的正整数，则该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备统计M个该第二TB的反馈信息；该终端设备根据M个该第二TB的反馈信息，确定该目标竞争窗口值。
其中，终端设备通过以下方式统计M个该第二TB的反馈信息：若TB的反馈类型为单播，则统计该TB的初传的反馈信息和每次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的ACK反馈信息，或者，统计TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息；若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息为NACK，则将TB的反馈信息个数记为1；若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息不是NACK，则将TB的反馈信息记为ACK，且将TB的反馈信息个数记为1，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L-1，L为用于接收TB的终端设备组内包括的终端设备的数量；若TB的反馈类型为组播2，则统计TB的每个反馈信息。
基于上述技术方案，即使终端设备确定了多个第二TB，终端设备也可以根据多个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，若该参考时间段内的TB包括M个该第二TB，M为大于1的正整数，则该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据M个该第二TB中的一个该第二TB的传输情况确定该目标竞争窗口值；或者，该终端设备根据M个该第二TB的传输顺序或者接收M个该第二TB的反馈信息的顺序，依次根据M个该第二TB的传输情况更新竞争窗口值，直至确定目标竞争窗口值。
基于上述技术方案，即使终端设备确定了多个第二TB，终端设备也可以根据多个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该至少一个TB的传输情况，确定至少一个待选竞争窗口值；该终端设备根据该至少一个待选竞争窗口值，确定该目标竞争窗口值；其中，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中大于该至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中，与该至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的一个或多个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备统计该至少一个TB的反馈信息；该终端设备根据该至少一个TB的反馈信息，确定该目标竞争窗口值。
其中，终端设备可以通过以下方式统计至少一个TB的反馈信息：若TB的反馈类型为单播，则统计该TB的初传的反馈信息和每次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的ACK反馈信息，或者，统计TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息；若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息为NACK，则将TB的反馈信息个数记为1；若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息不是NACK，则将TB的反馈信息记为ACK，且将TB的反馈信息个数记为1，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L-1，L为用于接收TB的终端设备组内包括的终端设备的数量；若TB的反馈类型为组播2，则统计TB的每个反馈信息。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以统计参考时间段内的一个或多个TB的反馈信息，从而根据一个或多个TB的反馈信息可以确定出合适的目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段包括该至少一个传输完成的TB，且该至少一个传输完成的TB是自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，最近传输完成的TB，则该终端设备根据该参考 时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该最近传输完成的TB的传输情况确定该目标竞争窗口值。
基于上述技术方案，最近传输完成的TB对应的信道状况与当前信道状况比较接近，因此根据最近传输完成的TB的传输情况有利于确定出合适的目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若该最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是混合自动重传HARQ使能，则该终端设备根据该最近传输完成的TB的反馈信息确定该目标竞争窗口值；或者，若该最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，该终端设备根据该最近传输完成的TB的盲传次数或盲传比例确定该目标竞争窗口值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段所属的COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT，则该终端设备根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该参考时间段内最近传输的TB的传输情况确定该目标竞争窗口值。
基于上述技术方案，最近传输的TB对应的信道状况与当前信道状况比较接近，因此根据最近传输的TB的传输情况有利于确定出合适的目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，该终端设备根据该参考时间段内最近传输的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：若该终端设备未接收到该最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则该终端设备确定该目标竞争窗口值保持不变；或者，若该终端设备接收到该最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则该终端设备根据该最近传输的TB的反馈信息确定该目标竞争窗口值。
第二方面，提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法可以包括：终端设备确定至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段，该至少一个反馈类型是待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型，该参考时间段所属的信道占用时间COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，该参考时间段内的TB的反馈类型与该参考时间段对应的反馈类型相同；该终端设备根据该每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为该待传输的TB抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段所属的COT内传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
基于上述技术方案，即使参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，终端设备也可以确定至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段，并根据参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定竞争窗口值，从而有利于确定出合适的竞争窗口值，进而有利于避免不同设备之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该至少一个TB是该待传输的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该至少一个反馈类型包括多个反馈类型，该终端设备根据该每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：该终端设备根据该至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况，确定至少一个待选竞争窗口值；该终端设备根据该至少一个待选竞争窗口值确定该目标竞争窗口值；其中，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中大于该至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，该目标竞争窗口值是该至少一个待选竞争窗口值中，与该至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值之间的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
基于上述技术方案，即使终端设备确定了多个参考时间段的情况下，终端设备也可以根据多个参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
第三方面，提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段位于一个COT内，该参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，该第一PSSCH为HARQ使能的PSSCH，且该第一PSSCH对应的HARQ被该终端设备检测到；该终端设备是初始化该COT的终端设备。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备确定的参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，且终端设备检测到了第一PSSCH对应的HARQ。因此终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值时，终端设备至少可以根据第一PSSCH的HARQ确定目标竞争窗口值，从而避免出现如下问题：即由于终端设备未检测到参考时间段内的PSSCH对应的HARQ而导致的终端设备没有足够的信息判断该如何确定目标竞争窗口值。此外，也可以避免终端设备没有检测到HARQ时，将PSFCH的发发冲突/收发冲突误认为是发生了PSSCH的碰撞，从而盲目抬升竞争窗口值，进而导致终端设备接入信道的概率降低的问题。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
上述HARQ使能(enabled)的PSSCH也可以称为HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
上述HARQ使能的PSSCH也可以称为ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段的开始时刻是该COT的开始时刻。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该参考时间段的结束时刻是该第一PSSCH所在的时间单元的结束时刻，该第一PSSCH是该COT内第一个被该终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的HARQ使能的PSSCH。
第四方面，提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段位于一个COT内，该参考时间段包括至少一个HARQ使能的PSSCH；当该终端设备未检测到该参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ时，该终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，该终端设备根据该待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定该目标竞争窗口值。
其中，终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变可以包括以下两种情况：终端设备基于距离当前待传输的PSSCH最接近的终端设备初始的COT的竞争窗口值，维持竞争窗口值不变；或者，终端设备基于参考时间段所属的COT的竞争窗口值，维持竞争窗口值不变。换句话说，终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变的情况下，终端设备可以将距离当前待传输的PSSCH最接近的终端设备初始的COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值，或者，终端设备可以将参考时间段所属的COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变可以理解为，终端设备不调整竞争窗口值，或者，终端设备不执行调整竞争窗口值的动作。
基于上述技术方案，若终端设备未检测到参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ，则终端设备不再盲目抬升竞争窗口值，而是维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，根据待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定目标竞争窗口值，从而可以避免终端设备盲目抬升竞争窗口值而导致的终端设备接入信道的概率降低。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
上述HARQ使能的PSSCH也可以称为HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
上述HARQ使能的PSSCH也可以称为ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。
第五方面，提供一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行第一方面及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块，或者，可以包括用于执行第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块，如处理单元和/或通信单元，或者，可以包括用于执行第三方面及第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块，如处理单元和/或通信单元，或者，可以包括用于执行第四方面及第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块，如处理单元和/或通信单元。
在一种实现方式中，该装置为终端设备。当该装置为终端设备时，通信单元可以是收发器，或，输 入/输出接口；处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地，收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。
在另一种实现方式中，该装置为用于终端设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于终端设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路时，通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等；处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。
第六方面，提供一种通信装置，该装置包括：至少一个处理器，用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，以执行上述第一方面及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，以执行上述第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，以执行上述第三方面及第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，以执行上述第四方面及第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地，该装置还包括存储器，用于存储的计算机程序或指令。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器通过通信接口读取存储器存储的计算机程序或指令。
在一种实现方式中，该装置为终端设备。
在另一种实现方式中，该装置为用于终端设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路。
第七方面，本申请提供一种处理器，用于执行上述第一方面提供的方法，或者，用于执行上述第二方面提供的方法，或者，用于执行上述第三方面提供的方法，或者，用于执行上述第四方面提供的方法。
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作，如果没有特殊说明，或者，如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触，则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作，也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作，本申请对此不做限定。
第八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码，该程序代码用于执行上述第一方面及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或，用于执行上述第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或，用于执行上述第三方面及第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或，用于执行上述第四方面及第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第九方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，使得计算机执行上述第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，使得计算机执行上述第三方面及第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，使得计算机执行上述第四方面及第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供一种通信系统，包括至少一个前述的终端设备，该终端设备用于执行上述第一方面及第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，用于执行上述第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，用于执行上述第三方面及第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者，用于执行上述第四方面及第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统的示意图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图；
图3是参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应的反馈类型与待传输的TB对应的反馈类型的关系示意图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的确定参考时间段的方式的示意图；
图5是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意图；
图10是本申请示出的一种通信机制的示意图；
图11是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图；
图12是本申请实施例提供的确定参考时间段的方式的示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意图；
图15是本申请另一实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图；
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统的示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：第五代(5th generation，5G)或新无线(new radio，NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于侧行链路(sidelink，SL)通信，车到万物(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)通信，机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信，机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)，以及物联网(internet of things，IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。作为示例，V2X可包括车辆到车辆(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)，车辆到行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian，V2P)，车辆到基础设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure，V2I)。其中，基础设施例如为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)或者网络设备。
本申请实施例中的终端设备包括各种具有无线通信功能的设备，其可用于连接人、物、机器等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景，例如：蜂窝通信，SL，V2X，端到端(peer to peer，P2P)，M2M，MTC，IoT，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)，增强现实(augmented reality，AR)，工业控制，自动驾驶，远程医疗，智能电网，智能家具，智能办公，智能穿戴，智能交通，智慧城市无人机，机器人，遥感，被动传感，定位，导航与跟踪，自主交付等场景。终端设备可以是上述任一场景下的终端，如MTC终端、IoT终端等。终端设备可以是第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)标准的用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端(terminal)、固定设备、移动台(mobile station)设备或者说移动设备、用户单元(subscriber unit)、手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、SIP电话、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、电脑、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、无线调制解调器、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、具有无线收发功能的计算机、智能书、车辆、卫星、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)设备、目标跟踪设备、飞行器(例如无人机、直升机、多直升机、四直升机、或飞机等)、船只、遥控设备智能家居设备、工业设备，或者内置于上述设备中的装置(例如，上述设备中的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片等)，或者连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。
应理解，在某些场景下，终端设备还可以用于充当基站。例如，终端设备可以充当调度实体，其在V2X、SL或P2P等场景中的终端设备之间提供侧行链路信号。
本申请实施例中，用于实现终端设备的功能的装置，也即终端装置，可以是终端设备，也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统或芯片，该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上；还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对终端设备所处的场景不做限定。
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a和b，a和c，b和c，或a和b和c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。同时，在本申请实施例中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念，便于理解。
此外，本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案， 并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。
图1中的(a)所示的通信系统100包括网络设备10，终端设备20，和终端设备21。其中，终端设备20和终端设备21都在网络设备10的覆盖范围内，网络设备10和终端设备之间通过Uu空口通信，终端设备20和终端设备21间通过PC5接口通信。图1中的(b)所示的通信系统100包括网络设备10，终端设备20，和终端设备21，其中，终端设备20在网络设备10的覆盖范围内，终端设备21在网络设备10的覆盖范围之外。图1中的(c)所示的通信系统100包括网络设备10，终端设备20，终端设备21，和终端设备22，其中，终端设备20和终端设备21都不在网络设备10的覆盖范围内，终端设备22在网络设备10的覆盖范围内。
在图1中的(a)或(b)所示的场景中，终端设备20可通过网络设备调度的资源与终端设备21通信，该资源可称为授权资源或授权频段；或者，终端设备20可通过资源自选，即从资源池中选择资源，与终端设备21通信，该资源可称为非授权资源或非授权频段。在图1中的(c)所示的场景中，由于终端设备20和终端设备21都处于无网络覆盖范围内，因此终端设备20和终端设备21可以通过资源自选的方式进行通信。
应理解，图1中所示的终端设备和网络设备的数量仅为示例，本申请对通信系统中终端设备和网络设备的数量不作任何限制。
为了更加清楚地理解本申请，以下将对非授权频谱通信中所应用的概念进行阐述。
1.授权频谱和非授权频谱：
无线通信系统使用的频谱分为两类，授权频谱(licensed spectrum)和非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)。在授权频谱中，UE可基于网络设备的调度使用频谱资源。下面主要介绍非授权频谱。
在非授权频谱中，发送设备可按照竞争的方式使用频谱资源。一种可能的方式，发送设备通过先听后说(listen-before-talk，LBT)的方式竞争信道，进而使用信道资源。
2.资源池：
NR SL通信基于资源池(resource pool)进行。其中，资源池指的是一块用于SL通信的时频资源。资源池包含的频域资源是连续的。资源池包含的时域资源可以是连续的，也可以是不连续的。不同的资源池由SL资源池标识(例如SL-ResourcePoolID)区分。如果不同资源池具有相同的资源池索引，则可以认为不同资源池的时频资源是完全重合的。
在SL非授权频谱(SL-unlicensed，SL-U)通信场景中，由于频带是由多种形式的UE共享的，如使用SL技术的UE(下文简称为SL UE)、使用Wi-Fi技术的UE、使用蓝牙技术的UE在相同的频带上传输。因此，SL资源池还可以理解为：可用于SL传输的资源集合。
3.资源：
资源是指在资源池中的时频资源。其中，时域资源可以由符号(symbol)、时隙(slot)、迷你时隙(mini-slot)、部分时隙(partial slot)、子帧(sub-frame)、无线帧(frame)、感知时隙(sensing slot)等表示。
频域资源可以由资源单元(resource element，RE)、资源块(resource block，RB)、子信道(subchannel)、带宽(bandwidth)、带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)、载波(carrier)、信道(channel)、梳齿(interlace)等表示。
4.LBT：
LBT机制是一种基于随机退避(random back-off)的信道接入规则，即终端接入信道并开始发送数据之前需要侦听信道是否空闲(idle)，如果侦听到信道已经在一定时间内保持空闲则可以占用信道，如果侦听到信道非空闲则需要等待信道重新恢复为空闲后才可以占用信道。LBT机制是使用非授权频谱的必选特性，因为世界各个地区对于非授权频谱的使用有法规(regulation)要求。工作于不同通信协议的各种形态的终端，只有满足法规才能使用非授权频谱，进而相对公平、高效地使用频谱资源。
对于频率范围(frequency 1，FR1)内的非授权频谱，在传输之前，UE必须在每个20MHz信道上执行LBT，该20MHz的信道即可被称为LBT信道。为了避免不同信道的干扰，UE不能在整个20MHz带宽上发送数据，而是留有一部分频带资源作为保护带宽(guard band)，只是在剩余的这部分频域资源发送数据，这部分可用的资源被称作资源块集合(RB set)。当UE在连续多个20MHz信道上执行LBT操作 并成功接入信道时，两个RB set间的保护带宽可以用来传输数据，提高资源利用率。
为了满足法规，3GPP组织将NR系统中的LBT机制划分为如下四类：
一类LBT(category 1 LBT)：通信设备在获得信道占用时间(channel occupancy time，COT)后，由接收状态经过一段短暂的转换间隔(switching gap)后立即进行数据的发送，简称Cat 1 LBT，COT指通信设备在成功接入信道后允许占用信道的时间，其中，转换间隔的时间不能大于16us。
二类LBT(category 2 LBT)：无随机退避的LBT，简称Cat 2 LBT，即通信设备在侦听到信道处于空闲状态并持续一段固定的时间后，不进行随机退避就可以进行发送数据。
三类LBT(category 3 LBT)：竞争窗口(contention window，CW)值固定的随机退避的LBT，简称Cat 3 LBT，即通信设备基于固定的竞争窗口值产生随机数N，并在侦听到信道处于空闲状态且持续一段根据随机数N确定的时间后可以进行发送数据。其中，竞争窗口值与N的最小值与最大值有关。竞争窗口值表示竞争窗口的大小。
四类LBT(category 4 LBT)：竞争窗口值可变的随机退避的LBT，简称Cat 4 LBT，即通信设备基于可变的竞争窗口值产生随机数N，并在侦听到信道处于空闲状态且持续一段根据随机数N确定的时间后可以进行发送数据。其中，竞争窗口值与N的最小值与最大值有关，该通信设备可以改变竞争窗口值。
SL-U设备遵循3GPP协议，采用LBT机制作为信道接入方法。具体的，SL-U设备使用如下几个类型的LBT。
类型1LBT(Type 1 LBT)：即上文所述的Cat 4 LBT。SL-U设备需要进行随机退避后才能接入信道并发送数据。具体的，网络设备或终端设备可以在一段延长持续时间(defer sensing)(将该时间记为Td)的侦听时隙时段(sensing slot duration)首次侦听信道为空闲之后，并且在如下步骤4中的计数器N为零之后，发起传输。具体的，根据以下步骤，通过侦听信道以获得额外的侦听时隙时段来调整计数器N。
步骤1：设置N＝Ninit，然后执行步骤4。其中，Ninit是取值范围为0到CWp的随机数，CWp为竞争窗(contention window)值。
步骤2：如果N>0，网络设备或终端设备选择减小计数器值，如设置N＝N-1；然后执行步骤3。
步骤3：侦听信道以获得额外的侦听时隙时段，如果额外的侦听时隙时段的信道是空闲的，则执行步骤4；否则，执行步骤5。
步骤4：如果N＝0，停止，并传输数据；否则，执行步骤2。
步骤5：侦听信道，直到在另一个Td内侦听到信道繁忙或侦听到另一个Td内所有侦听时隙都被检测为信道空闲，然后执行步骤6。
步骤6：如果在另一个Td内的侦听时隙都被检测为信道空闲，则执行步骤4；否则，执行步骤5。
上述Td包括Tf＝16us和后续连续的mp个连续的侦听时隙时段(记作Tsl)。mp的取值参见表1。其中，CWmin,p为竞争窗最小值，CWmax,p为竞争窗最大值，CWmin,p≤CWp≤CWmax,p。Tm cot,p为COT的最大长度，也即网络设备或终端设备在信道上传输的COT不超过Tm cot,p。
表1
类型2A LBT(Type 2A LBT)：25us间隔的Cat 2 LBT。SL-U设备在侦听到信道空闲25us后就可以接入信道并发送数据。
类型2B LBT(Type 2B LBT)：16us间隔的Cat 2 LBT。SL-U设备在侦听到信道空闲16us后就可以接入信道并发送数据。
类型2C LBT(Type 2C LBT)：至多16us间隔的Cat 1 LBT。SL-U设备不需要侦听信道，在COT内 经过至多16us的转换间隔后可以直接接入信道并发送数据。
5.信道占用(channel occupancy，CO)和信道占用时间(channel occupancy time，COT)：
信道是指在非授权频谱中执行信道接入过程的一组连续资源块(RB)。可以理解为，信道为UE执行信道接入的带宽。
信道占用是指UE在执行信道接入过程后在一个或多个信道上的传输。
UE执行类型1信道接入后在一段连续的时间内占用信道传输信息，称为信道占用时间。COT的频域单元为信道，时域单元为ms或时隙。在本申请实施例中，COT可以是一个时间概念，即SL传输的时间，也可是一个资源的概念，即SL传输所占的时域资源。
UE传输信息的时间不能超过最大信道占用时间的限制(maximum channel occupancy time，MCOT)，记为Tcot,p。对于不同的信道接入优先级等级(channel access priority class，CAPC)，Tcot,p的值不同，如表1所示。对于1个UE接入信道并在COT内传输信息，传输时间不超过最大信道占用时间Tcot,p。对于多个UE在COT内传输信息，初始COT的UE和共享COT的UE的传输时间不超过最大信道占用时间Tcot,p。p为初始COT的UE的CAPC，或者，p为在COT传输的UE中CAPC值最小的CAPC。
6.物理侧行链路反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel，PSFCH)资源：
PSFCH资源表示用于传输承载于PSFCH上的信息的资源。作为示例，一个PSFCH资源在时域上占用2个连续的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM符号)，频域为1个物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)。
作为一种可能的情形，PSFCH资源可用于传输反馈信息。举例来说，针对一次物理侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)传输，若发送端在控制信息中携带混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment，HARQ-ACK)反馈使能信息，则接收端可根据承载于PSSCH的数据信息的译码结果反馈肯定(acknowledgement，ACK)或否定(negative acknowledgement，NACK)信息。其中ACK或NACK信息通过PSFCH传输。PSSCH传输指的是通过PSSCH进行的传输。
7.支持PSFCH反馈的业务场景：
以V2X为例，V2X支持单播、组播和广播三个场景，其中，针对单播和组播支持HARQ反馈。其中，组播有两种场景，分为组播1和组播2。
单播场景，就是一个发送终端和一个接收终端组成一个单播连接对，接收终端在正确接收到一个来自发送终端的控制信息后，根据控制信息的HARQ使能指示信息，若正确译码通过PSSCH接收到的数据信息，则向发送终端发送ACK信息对应的PSFCH序列，否则反馈NACK信息对应的PSFCH序列。其中，接收终端通过PSCCH接收来自发送终端的控制信息。接收终端通过PSFCH向发送终端发送PSFCH序列。
组播1(仅基于否定应答(negative acknowledgement-only，NACK-only))场景下，组内终端正确接收到来自发送终端的控制信息后，根据控制信息的HARQ使能指示信息，若组内终端对接收到的数据信息译码失败，则反馈NACK信息对应的PSFCH序列，否则不反馈任何信息。
组播2(NACK/ACK)场景下，组内终端正确接收到来自发送终端的控制信息后，根据控制信息的HARQ使能指示信息，若组内终端正确译码接收到的数据信息，则反馈ACK信息对应的PSFCH序列，否则反馈NACK信息对应的PSFCH序列。
在Type 1传输过程中，由于各个发送端UE处于分布式的系统，各发送端UE会独立进行Type 1 LBT流程，从而可能出现下面一种情况：多个CAPC相同的UE采用相同的竞争窗口值，且该多个UE根据相同的竞争窗口值随机得到的Ninit也相同。在多个UE随机得到的Ninit相同的情况下，可能造成多个UE在LBT通过时，会同时发送数据，从而造成数据的冲突(即信号混在一起)，进而接收端无法解调接收信号，造成数据发送失败。
有鉴于此，本申请实施例提供一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，可以根据传输块(transport block，TB)的传输情况确定出合适的竞争窗口值，从而有利于避免不同UE之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定竞争窗口值的方法200的示意性流程图，该方法200可以包括以下步骤：
S210，终端设备确定参考时间段，参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同。
其中，参考时间段(reference duration)所属的COT指的是包括参考时间段的COT，在参考时间段 的时长小于或等于一个COT的情况下，参考时间段包括参考时间段所属的COT的部分或全部。为便于描述，下文将参考时间段(reference duration)所属的COT记为第一COT。
第一COT的优先级指的是第一COT内的TB对应的一个或多个传输(transmission)中优先级最低的传输的优先级。传输的优先级指的是信道接入优先级等级(channel access priority class，CAPC)。第一COT内的TB指的是在第一COT内传输的TB，在第一COT内传输的TB可以包括一个或多个TB。例如，第一COT内的TB包括与CAPC为1的传输对应的TB、与CAPC为2的传输对应的TB和与CAPC为3的传输对应的TB，则第一COT的优先级值为3，或者说第一COT的CAPC为3。
待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级指的是，待传输的TB对应的一个或多个传输中优先级最低的传输的优先级。例如，待传输的TB包括与CAPC为2的传输对应的TB和与CAPC为3的传输对应的TB，则待传输的TB的优先级值为3，或者说待传输的TB的CAPC为3。待传输的TB可以包括一个或多个TB。
示例性的，第一COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同；或者，第一COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
其中，TB的反馈类型可以包括如下四种：组播1、组播2、单播和混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)不使能(HARQ disabled)。
若TB的反馈类型是组播1，则发送端设备以组播的方式向终端设备组发送TB。相应的，终端设备组内的接收端设备对接收到的TB译码失败的情况下，向发送端设备反馈NACK信息对应的PSFCH序列，否则，不反馈任何信息或者反馈不同于NACK信息的其他信息。
若TB的反馈类型是组播2，则发送端设备以组播的方式向终端设备组发送TB。相应的，终端设备组内的接收端设备对接收到的TB译码成功的情况下，向发送端设备反馈ACK信息对应的PSFCH序列，否则反馈NACK信息对应的PSFCH序列。
若TB的反馈类型是单播，则发送端设备以单播的方式发送TB。相应的，接收端设备对接收到的TB译码成功的情况下，向发送端设备反馈携带ACK信息的PSFCH序列，否则反馈携带NACK信息的PSFCH序列。
若TB的反馈类型是HARQ disabled，则发送端设备以单播的方式或组播或广播的方式发送TB。相应的，不论接收端设备是否对接收到的TB译码成功，接收端设备不反馈任何信息。
图3示出了本申请实施例中，第一COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型的关系的示意图。
第一COT内的TB可以对应任意的至少两种反馈类型，在此情况下，待传输的TB可以对应任意一种反馈反馈，或者待传输的TB可以对应任意的至少两种反馈类型。如图3中的(a)和图3中的(b)所示为例，第一COT内的TB包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB、反馈类型为单播的TB和反馈类型为组播2的TB，即第一COT内的TB对应三种反馈类型。如图3中的(a)所示，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB和反馈类型为单播的TB，即待传输的TB对应两种反馈类型。又如图3中的(b)所示，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB，即待传输的TB对应一种反馈类型。
待传输的TB可以对应任意两种反馈类型，在此情况下，第一COT内的TB可以对应任意一种反馈类型，或者第一COT内的TB可以对应任意至少两种反馈类型。如图3中的(c)和图3中的(d)所示为例，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB和反馈类型为单播的TB。如图3中的(c)所示，第一COT内的TB包括反馈类型为组播2的TB，即第一COT内的TB对应一种反馈类型。又如图3中的(d)所示，第一COT内的TB包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB和反馈类型为单播的TB，即第一COT内的TB对应两种反馈类型。
待传输的TB和第一COT内的TB都只包括一种反馈类型，本申请实施例可以适用于待传输的TB包括的反馈类型和第一COT内的TB包括的反馈类型不同的情况。如图3中的(e)所示，第一COT内的TB包括反馈类型为组播2的TB，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为单播的TB，即第一COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同。
下面对终端设备确定的参考时间段进行描述。
示例性的，参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB。
参考时间段包括一个传输完成的TB，包括以下几种情况：参考时间段包括TB的初传和所有重传；或者，参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传；或者，参考时间段包括TB的初传，且TB的初传的反馈信 息是ACK；或者，参考时间段包括TB的重传，且TB的重传的反馈信息是ACK。
参考时间段包括TB的初传和所有重传指的是，TB的初传和所有重传都是在参考时间段内进行的。参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传指的是，TB的最后一次重传是在参考时间段内进行的，而不限定TB的初传和其它重传的时间点。参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传的情况下，参考时间段可以包括TB的其它重传和初传，或者不包括TB的其它重传或初传。参考时间段包括的TB的初传指的是，TB的初传是在参考时间段内进行的。参考时间段包括TB的重传指的是，TB的重传是在参考时间段内进行的。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若终端设备可以确定出多个包括至少一个传输完成的TB的待选参考时间段，则终端设备最终确定的参考时间段可以是多个待选参考时间段中，距离当前时刻最近，且待选参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的待选参考时间段。
如上文所述，参考时间段包括参考时间段所属的COT的部分或全部，则参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB的情况下，参考时间段所属的COT也包括至少一个传输完成的TB。
还可以理解，若参考时间段距离当前时刻最近、包括至少一个传输完成的TB、且参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级先相同，则参考时间段所属的COT是自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB、且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若不存在传输完成的TB，则终端设备确定的参考时间段可以是距离当前时刻最近，且优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT的部分或全部。或者说，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若不存在传输完成的TB，则参考时间段所属的COT是已传输完成的COT中，距离当前时刻最近、且COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT。进而，终端设备确定的参考时间段是参考时间段所属的COT的部分或全部。
示例性的，参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。
例如，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为单播的TB和反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB，则终端设备确定的参考时间段可以包括反馈类型为单播的TB和/或反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若终端设备可以确定出多个待选参考时间段，多个待选参考时间段中每个待选参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则终端设备最终确定的参考时间段可以是多个待选参考时间段中，距离当前时刻最近，且待选参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的待选参考时间段。
如上文所述，参考时间段包括参考时间段所属的COT的部分或全部，则参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的情况下，参考时间段所属的COT内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。
还可以理解，若参考时间段距离当前时刻最近、且参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同、且参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级先相同，则参考时间段所属的COT是自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且COT内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同、且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
可选的，终端设备可以先确定终端设备所属的COT，再根据终端设备所属的COT确定参考时间段。为便于描述，下文将参考时间段所属的COT记为第一COT，下面描述终端设备确定第一COT的方式。
示例性的，第一COT是优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT。换句话说，换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT确定为第一COT。进而终端设备可以根据第一COT确定参考时间段。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中包括多个优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT，则第一COT是该多个COT中，距离当前时刻最近的COT。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且距离当前时刻最近的COT确定为第一COT。进而终端设备可以根据第一COT确定参考时间段。
可选的，第一COT包括至少一个第一TB，第一TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，或者说，第一COT内的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的TB， 可以称第一TB。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个第一TB的COT确定为第一COT。
例如，待传输的TB包括反馈类型为单播的TB和反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中包括两个与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的COT，即COT#1和COT#2。COT#1包括反馈类型为组播2的TB，COT#2包括反馈类型为组播#2的TB和反馈类型为单播的TB，由于COT#2与待传输的TB都包括反馈类型为单播的TB，则终端设备将COT#2确定为第一COT。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中包括多个优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个第一TB的COT，则第一COT是该多个COT中，距离当前时刻最近的COT。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个第一TB、且距离当前时刻最近的COT确定为第一COT。进而终端设备可以根据第一COT确定参考时间段。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中不包括至少一个第一TB，则第一COT已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
可选地，第一COT包括至少一个传输完成的TB。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB的COT确定为第一COT。
其中，COT包括一个传输完成的TB，包括以下几种情况：COT包括TB的初传和所有重传；或者，COT包括TB的最后一次重传；或者，COT包括TB的初传，且TB的初传的反馈信息是ACK；或者，COT包括TB的重传，且TB的重传的反馈信息是ACK。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中包括优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB的COT，则第一COT是该多个COT中，距离当前时刻最近的COT。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB、且距离当前时刻最近的COT确定为第一COT。进而终端设备可以根据第一COT确定参考时间段。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中不包括至少一个传输完成的TB，则第一COT是已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
可选的，第一COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个第一TB、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中包括优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、且包括至少一个第一TB、且包括至少一个传输完成的TB的COT，则第一COT是该多个COT中，距离当前时刻最近的COT。
下面对参考时间段的开始时刻和结束时刻进行描述。为便于描述，下文将参考时间段所属的COT记为第一COT。
可选的，参考时间段的开始时刻为以下中的任意一种：第一COT的开始时刻；第一COT内传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻；第一COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输开始时刻；第一COT内的第一TB的传输开始时刻，第一TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；或者，终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻。
可选的，若参考时间段的开始时刻是第一COT内传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻，且第一COT内包括多个传输完成的TB，则参考时间段的开始时刻可以是多个传输完成的TB中任意一个传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输开始时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的TB的传输开始时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻。
可选的，若参考时间段的开始时刻是第一TB的传输开始时刻，且第一COT内包括多个第一TB，则参考时间段的开始时刻可以是多个第一TB中任一个第一TB的传输开始时刻，或者是多个第一TB中对应的传输的优先级最低的第一TB的传输开始时刻，或者是多个第一TB中最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻。
图4示出了在第一COT中确定参考时间段的开始时刻的示意图。如图4所述，第一COT包括时隙1至时隙7。其中，时隙1用于传输TB#1的第一次盲传，时隙4用于传输TB#1的第二次盲传，TB#1对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#1的反馈类型是HARQ不使能。时隙2用于传输TB#2的初传，时隙3用于传输TB#2的第一次重传，TB#2对应的传输的CAPC为3，TB#2的反馈类型是单播。时隙5用于传输TB#3的初传，TB#3对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#3的反馈类型是单播。时隙6用于传输TB#4的初传，时隙7用于传输TB#4的第一次重传，TB#4对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#4的反馈类型为组播2。终端设备在时隙7接收到TB#2的初传的反馈信息、TB#2的第一次重传的反馈信息和TB#3的初传的反馈信息。假设TB#2的第一次重传的反馈信息是ACK，则TB#2是第一COT包括的传输完成的TB。假设TB#4仅包括一次重传，则TB#4也是第一COT包括的传输完成的TB。
若参考时间段的开始时刻是第一COT的开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻是时隙1的开始时刻。
若参考时间段的开始时刻是第一COT内的传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻可以是TB#2的传输开始时刻，即时隙2的开始时刻，或者是TB#4的传输开始时刻，即时隙6的开始时刻。例如，由于TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则可以将时隙2的开始时刻确定为参考时间段的开始时刻。
若参考时间段的开始时刻是第一COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻是TB#2的传输开始时刻，即参考时间段的开始时刻是时隙2的开始时刻。
若参考时刻段的开始时刻是第一TB的传输开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻可以是TB#1的传输开始时刻，即时隙1的开始时刻，或者是TB#2的传输开始时刻，即时隙2的开始时刻，或者是TB#3的传输开始时刻，即时隙5的开始时刻。例如，若选择对应的传输的优先级最低的第一TB的传输开始时刻作为参考时间段的开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻是时隙2的开始时刻。
若参考时间段的开始时刻是终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻是TB#2的传输开始时刻，即时隙2的开始时刻。
需要说明的是，图4以终端设备在第一COT内接收到反馈信息为例进行说明，本申请实施例并不限定终端设备在第一COT内接收到第一COT内的TB的反馈信息，终端设备也可以在第一COT之后接收到第一COT内的TB的反馈信息。例如，终端设备可能在第一COT之后的时隙8接收到的TB#4的初传的反馈信息和TB#4的第一次重传的反馈信息。
可选的，参考时间段的结束时刻为以下中的任意一种：第一COT的结束时刻；第一COT内传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻；第一COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻；第一COT内的第一TB的传输结束时刻，第一TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；或者，终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻；或者，终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最先传输的TB的第一个传输时隙结束时刻。
可选的，若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一COT内传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻，且第一COT内包括多个传输完成的TB，则参考时间段的结束时刻可以是多个传输完成的TB中任意一个传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个传输完成的TB中最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻。
可选的，若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一TB的传输结束时刻，且第一COT内包括多个第一TB，则参考时间段的结束时刻可以是多个第一TB中任一个第一TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个第一TB中对应的传输的优先级最低的第一TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个第一TB中最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻。
可选的，若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻，且参考时间段包括多个对应的传输的优先级最低的TB，则参考时间段的结束时刻可以是多个对应的传输的优先级最低的TB中的任一个TB的传输结束时刻，或者是多个对应的传输的优先级最低的TB中最先传输的TB的传输结束时刻。
如图4所示，若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一COT的结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻是时隙7的结束时刻。
若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一COT内传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻 可以是TB#2的传输结束时刻，即时隙3的结束时刻，或者是TB#4的传输结束时刻，即时隙7的结束时刻。例如，由于TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则可以将时隙3的结束时刻确定为参考时间段的结束时刻。
若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#2的传输结束时刻，即时隙3的结束时刻。
若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一TB的传输结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻可以是TB#1的传输结束时刻，即时隙4的结束时刻，或者是TB#2的传输结束时刻，即时隙3的结束时刻，或者是TB#3的传输结束时刻，即时隙5的结束时刻。例如，若选择对应的传输的优先级最低的第一TB的传输结束时刻作为参考时间段的结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻是时隙3的结束时刻。
若参考时间段的结束时刻是终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#3的传输结束时刻，即时隙5的结束时刻。
若参考时间段的结束时刻是终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在第一COT内最先传输的TB的第一个传输时隙结束时刻，则参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#2的第一个传输时隙结束时刻，即时隙2的结束时刻。
需要说明的是，图4以TB#2的初传的反馈信息是NACK为例进行说明，若TB#2的初传的反馈信息是ACK，则TB#2的传输结束时刻是时隙2的结束时刻。
如上文所述，参考时间段可以包括第一COT的部分或全部。若参考时间段包括第一COT的全部，则参考时间段的开始时刻为第一COT的开始时刻，且参考时间段的结束时刻为第一COT的结束时刻。若参考时间段包括第一COT的部分，则参考时间段的开始时刻晚于第一COT的开始时刻，和/或，参考时间段的结束时刻早于第一COT的结束时刻。
可选的，参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。也就是说，在第一COT包括至少一个第一TB的情况下，若需满足参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的开始时刻不晚于第一TB的传输开始时刻，以及确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于第一TB的传输结束时刻，其中第一TB与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。如图4所示，若需满足参考时间段包括TB#1，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的开始时刻为TB#1的传输开始时刻(即时隙1的开始时刻)，以及确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于TB#1的传输结束时刻(即时隙4的结束时刻)。或者，若需满足参考时间段包括TB#2，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的开始时刻不晚于TB#2的传输开始时刻(即时隙2的开始时刻)，以及确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙2或时隙3的结束时刻；其中，若TB#2在时隙2的初传的反馈信息是ACK，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙2的结束时刻；若TB#2在时隙2的初传的反馈信息是NACK，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙3的结束时刻。
可选的，参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB。也就是说，在第一COT包括至少一个传输完成的TB的情况下，若需满足参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的开始时刻不晚于第一COT内的传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻，以及确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于第一COT内的传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻。如图4所示，若需满足参考时间段包括TB#2，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的开始时刻不晚于时隙2的开始时刻，以及确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙2或时隙3的结束时刻。若TB#2在时隙2的初传的反馈信息是ACK，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙2的结束时刻。若TB#2在时隙2的初传的反馈信息是NACK，则终端设备确定的参考时间段的结束时刻不早于时隙3的结束时刻。
其中，参考时间段包括一个传输完成的TB，包括以下几种情况：参考时间段包括TB的初传和所有重传；或者，参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传；或者，参考时间段包括TB的初传，且TB的初传的反馈信息是ACK；或者，参考时间段包括TB的重传，且TB的重传的反馈信息是ACK。
可选的，在S210之前，方法200还包括：终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，已传输的完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
换句话说，若终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，已传输完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，则终端设备 按照S210所描述的方法确定参考时间段。
可选的，在S210之前，方法200还包括：终端设备确定待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
换句话说，若终端设备确定待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，则终端设备按照S210所描述的方法确定参考时间段。
可选的，在S210之前，方法200还包括：终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在与待传输的TB反馈类型相同，且传输完成的TB。
换句话说，若终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在与待传输的TB反馈类型相同，且传输完成的TB，则终端设备按照S210所描述的方法确定参考时间段。
其中，传输完成的TB包括以下两种情况：TB的初传和所有重传都传输完成；或者，TB的初传的反馈信息是ACK；或者，TB的某次重传的反馈信息是ACK。
S220，终端设备根据在参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的TB抢占信道。
终端设备确定参考时间段之后，则根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#A：第二TB的初传和重传都传输完成，且第二TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息为NACK。
如前文对传输完成的TB的定义，第二TB的初传和重传都传输完成，则表示第二TB是传输完成的TB。因此，条件#A也可以理解为，第二TB是参考时间段包括的传输完成的TB中，终端设备收到反馈信息的TB。
如图5所述，参考时间段包括时隙1至时隙7。其中，时隙1用于传输TB#1的第一次盲传，时隙4用于传输TB#1的第二次盲传，TB#1对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#1的反馈类型是HARQ不使能。时隙2用于传输TB#2的初传，时隙3用于传输TB#2的第一次重传，时隙5用于传输TB#2的最后一次重传，TB#2对应的传输的CAPC为3，TB#2的反馈类型是单播。时隙6用于传输TB#3的初传，TB#3对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#3的反馈类型为组播2。时隙7用于传输TB#4的初传，TB#4对应的传输的CAPC为2，TB#4的反馈类型为组播2。终端设备在时隙7接收到TB#2的初传的反馈信息NACK、TB#2的第一次重传的反馈信息NACK和TB#2的最后一次重传的的反馈信息NACK。终端设备在时隙8接收到了TB#3的初传的反馈信息ACK。
由于参考时间段包括的TB中，TB#2的初传和重传都传输完成，且TB#2的最后一次重传的反馈信息是NACK，因此终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#B：第二TB的初传或重传的反馈信息为ACK。
如前文对传输完成的TB的定义，第二TB的初传或重传的反馈信息为ACK，则表示第二TB是传输完成的TB。因此，条件#B也可以理解为，第二TB是参考时间段包括的传输完成的TB中，终端设备收到反馈信息的TB。
如前文对图5的描述，由于参考时间段包括的TB中，TB#3的初传的反馈信息是ACK，因此终端设备可以将TB#3确定为第二TB。
根据上文的描述，条件#A和条件#B可以合并为一个条件：即第二TB是参考时间段包括的传输完成的TB中，终端设备收到反馈信息的TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#C：按照反馈类型排序，第二TB的反馈类型的排序在参考时间段内的其余TB的反馈反馈之前。
本申请实施例对反馈类型的排序不做限定。
例如，反馈类型的排序是预定义的，且不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：组播2、组播1、单播、HARQ不使能。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#3确定为第二TB。
又例如，反馈类型的排序是预定义的，且不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：组播2、单播、组播1、HARQ不使能。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#3确定为第二TB。
又例如，反馈类型的排序是预定义的，且不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：单播、组播2、组播1、HARQ不使能。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#2确定为第二TB。
又例如，不同反馈类型的排序是根据预定义的反馈类型排序和待传输的TB对应的反馈类型确定的。具体的，待传输的TB对应的反馈类型排序在前，其余反馈类型的排序在后。若待传输的TB对应多种反 馈类型，则待传输的TB对应的多种的反馈类型按照预定义的反馈类型顺序排序。若不同于待传输的TB对应的反馈类型的其余反馈类型有多种，则按照预定义的反馈类型顺序对其余反馈类型排序。或者，待传输的TB对应的反馈类型中除HARQ不使能以外的反馈类型排序在前，不同于待传输的TB对应的反馈类型的其余反馈类型排序在后，HARQ不使能排序在最后。
举例来说，若预定义的反馈类型排序为组播2、组播1、单播和HARQ不使能，待传输的TB对应的反馈类型为单播，则终端设备根据预定义的反馈类型排序和待传输的TB对应的反馈类型，确定的反馈类型从前往后的排序为：单播、组播2、组播1、HARQ不使能。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#2确定为第二TB。
举例来说，若预定义的反馈类型排序为组播2、组播1、单播和HARQ不使能，待传输的TB的反馈类型包括单播和HARQ不使能，则终端设备根据预定义的反馈类型排序对待传输的TB对应的反馈类型进行排序得到的反馈类型排序为：单播、HARQ不使能，进而终端设备根据预定义的反馈类型排序对除待传输的TB对应的反馈类型以外的反馈类型进行排序得到的反馈类型排序为：组播2、组播1。进而，终端设备将待传输的TB对应的反馈类型排在其余反馈类型之前，从而确定的反馈类型从前往后的排序为：单播、HARQ不使能、组播2、组播1。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#2确定为第二TB。
或者，终端设备将待传输的TB对应的反馈类型中除HARQ不使能之外的反馈类型排在前，即终端设备将单播排在最前，进而终端设备根据预定的反馈类型排序将除待传输的TB对应的反馈类型以外的反馈类型排在单播之后，最后再将HARQ不使能排在最后，从而终端设备确定的反馈类型从前往后的顺序为：单播、组播2、组播1、HARQ不使能。
举例来说，若预定义的反馈类型排序为组播2、组播1、单播和HARQ不使能，待传输的TB的反馈类型包括单播和组播2，则终端设备根据预定义的反馈类型排序和待传输的TB对应的反馈类型，确定的反馈类型从前往后的排序为：组播2、单播、组播1、HARQ不使能。基于这种排序，终端设备可以将图5所示的参考时间段内的TB#3确定为第二TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#D：第二TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。
可以理解，在第二TB满足条件#D的情况下，第二TB与上文所描述的第一TB相同。
如前文对图5的描述，由于参考时间段内的TB#1的反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，以及参考时间段内的TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，因此终端设备可以将TB#1和/或TB#2确定为第二TB。
可选的，若参考时间段不包括反馈类型与待传输的TB中至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的TB，则终端设备选满足上述条件#C的TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#E：第二TB是终端设备收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在参考时间段内最晚传输或最早传输的TB。
如前文对图5的描述，由于终端设备接收到了TB#2的反馈信息和TB#3的反馈信息，且TB#3是参考时间段内最晚传输的TB，因此终端设备可以将TB#3确定为第二TB。或者，由于TB#2是参考时间段最早传输的TB，因此终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#F：第二TB对应的传输的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同。
假设在图5所示的待传输的TB中，第一个TB对应的传输的CAPC为3，第二个TB对应的传输的CAPC为1。结合前文对图5的描述，由于参考时间段内的TB#2对应的传输的CAPC为3，因此终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#G：根据第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，大于根据参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值。
换句话说，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的每个TB的传输情况分别确定一个待选的竞争窗口值，进而将至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值确定为目标竞争窗口值。
如前文对图5的描述，参考时间段内的TB包括TB#1、TB#2和TB#3，终端设备可以根据TB#1的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp1，根据TB#2的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp2，以及根据TB#3的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp3，进而终端设备将CWp1、CWp2和CWp3中的最大值确定 为目标竞争窗口值。可以理解，最大待选竞争窗口值对应的TB则为第二TB。例如，若CWp2是CWp1、CWp2和CWp3中的最大值，则第二TB是TB#2。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#H：根据第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，小于根据参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值。
换句话说，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的每个TB的传输情况分别确定一个待选的竞争窗口值，进而将至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值确定为目标竞争窗口值。
如前文对图5的描述，参考时间段内的TB包括TB#1、TB#2和TB#3，终端设备可以根据TB#1的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp1，根据TB#2的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp2，以及根据TB#3的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值CWp3，进而终端设备将CWp1、CWp2和CWp3中的最小值确定为目标竞争窗口值。可以理解，最小待选竞争窗口值对应的TB则为第二TB。例如，若CWp3是CWp1、CWp2和CWp3中的最小值，则第二TB是TB#3。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#I：第二TB对应的传输的优先级高于参考时间内的其余TB对应的传输的优先级。
如前文对图5的描述，由于TB#1对应的传输的CAPC和TB#3对应的传输的CAPC都为2，因此TB#1对应的传输和TB#3对应的传输的优先级高于TB#2对应的传输的优先级，即终端设备可以将TB#1和TB#3确定为第二TB。
示例性的，第二TB满足条件#J：第二TB是参考时间段内的TB中，终端设备接收到TB对应的反馈信息的TB。
条件#J也可以理解为，若参考时间段包括反馈类型为HARQ使能的TB，则终端设备优先根据反馈类型为HARQ使能的TB中，有反馈信息的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。或者条件#J也可以理解为，若参考时间段包括反馈类型为HARQ使能的TB和HARQ不使能的TB，则终端设备优先根据反馈类型为HARQ使能的TB中有反馈信息的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。其中，TB的反馈类型为HARQ使能，相当于TB的反馈类型为组播2、组播1和单播中的一种。
如前文对图5的描述，由于终端设备接收到了TB#2的反馈信息和TB#3的反馈信息，因此终端设备可以将TB#2和TB#3确定为第二TB。
可选的，第二TB满足上述条件#A至条件#J中的多个条件。
例如，第二TB满足上述条件#A和条件#D。如前文对图5的描述，参考时间段内的TB#2的初传和重传都传输完成，且TB#2的最后一次重传的反馈信息是NACK，且TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的一个TB的反馈类型相同，因此TB#2满足条件#A和条件#D，终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
又例如，第二TB满足条件#C和条件#D。第二TB满足条件#C和条件#D的情况下，第二TB是参考时间段内的TB中，反馈类型与待传输的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，且反馈类型排序最靠前的TB。如前文对图5的描述，参考时间段内的TB#1的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的一个TB的反馈类型相同，TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的一个TB的反馈类型相同，若单播的排序在HARQ不使能的排序之前，则终端设备将TB#2确定为第二TB。
再例如，第二TB满足条件#D和条件#F。第二TB满足条件#D和条件#F的情况下，第二TB是参考时间段内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中至少一个TB的反馈类型相同的TB。如前文对图5的描述，待传输的TB对应的传输的CAPC为3，参考时间段内的TB#2对应的传输的CAPC为3，且TB#2的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的一个TB的反馈类型相同，则终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
再例如，第二TB满足条件#E和条件#J。第二TB满足条件#E和条件#I的情况下，第二TB是参考时刻段内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且终端设备接收到反馈信息的TB。如前文对图5的描述，待传输的TB对应的CAPC为3，参考时间段内的TB#2对应的传输的CAPC为3，且终端设备接收到了TB#2的反馈信息，因此终端设备可以将TB#2确定为第二TB。
需要说明的是，上文仅列举了几个第二TB满足条件#A至条件#J中的两个条件的示例，本申请实施例对第二TB满足的条件的数量具体条件不做限定。例如，第二TB可以满足条件#A、条件#D和条件#E。
可以理解，若终端设备确定的第二TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同，则第二TB与上文所描述的第一TB相同。
终端设备根据上述条件#A至条件#J中的一个或多个确定第二TB之后，则终端设备可以根据第二TB 的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若终端设备确定了一个第二TB，则终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
例如，若第二TB的反馈类型是HARQ使能，且终端设备已接收到了第二TB的反馈信息，则终端设备可以根据第二TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。举例来说，若第二TB的反馈信息是ACK，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为目标取值范围内的最小值，若第二TB的反馈信息是NACK，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值。其中，目标取值范围是待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级对应的竞争窗口值取值范围。例如，若待传输的TB对应的传输的CAPC是2，则根据上文表1，目标取值范围为{7,15}。第一COT的竞争窗口值是终端设备获得第一COT时所使用的竞争窗口值。
举例来说，若第一COT的竞争窗口值为4，待传输的TB对应的传输的CAPC为2，则第二TB的反馈信息是ACK的情况下，终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为7，第二TB的反馈信息是NACK的情况下，终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为15。
又例如，若第二TB的反馈类型是HARQ使能，且终端设备未接收到第二TB的反馈信息，则终端设备可以确定竞争窗口值保证不变，即终端设备将第一COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。或者，若第二TB的反馈类型是HARQ使能，且终端设备未接收到第二TB的反馈信息，则终端设备可以根据待传输的TB中重传的TB的比例确定目标竞争窗口值。
其中，终端设备未收到第二TB的反馈信息包括以下两种情况：终端设备在预期收到第二TB的反馈信息的时隙未接收到第二TB的反馈信息；或者，终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻未接收到第二TB的反馈信息；或者，终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻早于终端设备接收或处理第二TB的反馈信息的时刻。
再例如，若第二TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，则终端设备根据第二TB的盲传次数或盲传比例确定目标竞争窗口值。举例来说，若第二TB的盲传次数或盲传比例超过了预设阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值；若第二TB的盲传次数或盲传比例低于预设阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定目标取值范围内的最小值。
需要说明的是，上文以举例的方式说明了终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，本申请实施例对此不做限定。终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式也可以是其他方式。例如，若第二TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，则终端设备可以将第一COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若终端设备确定了M个第二TB，则终端设备可以根据M个第二TB中的一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。M为大于1的整数。
例如，终端设备可以根据M个第二TB中最晚传输的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。或者，终端设备可以根据M个第二TB中最早传输的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若终端设备确定了M个第二TB，则终端设备可以根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式包括以下几种。
方式1：
终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定N个待选竞争窗口值；进而终端设备根据N个待选竞争窗口值确定目标竞争窗口值。其中，目标竞争窗口值是N个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是N个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是N个待选竞争窗口值中大于N个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是N个待选竞争窗口值中，与N个待选竞争窗口值的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。N为正整数，且N≤M。
终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定N个待选竞争窗口值的方式包括以下几种。
方式A：
终端设备根据M个第二TB中每个第二TB的传输情况分别确定一个待选竞争窗口值，进而终端设备共可以确定M个待选竞争窗口值。例如，M个第二TB包括TB#A和TB#B，则终端设备可以根据TB#A的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值，再根据TB#B的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值。
方式B：
终端设备根据M个第二TB中反馈类型相同的第二TB的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值，进而终端设备确定的待选竞争窗口值的个数与M个第二TB对应的反馈类型的种类数相同。例如，M个第二TB包括TB#A、TB#B和TB#C，TB#A和TB#B的反馈类型相同，TB#C的反馈类型与TB#A和TB#B的反馈类型不同，则终端设备可以根据TB#A和TB#B的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗值口，再根据TB#C的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值。
若M个第二TB中包括多个反馈类型相同的第二TB，则终端设备根据多个反馈类型相同的第二TB确定一个待选竞争窗口值的方式可以参考上文方式1，或者可以参考下文方式2，或者，可以参考下文方式3。
方式2：
终端设备统计M个第二TB的反馈信息；进而终端设备根据M个第二TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，终端设备通过以下方式统计M个第二TB的反馈信息：若TB的反馈类型为单播，则统计TB的初传的反馈信息和每次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的ACK反馈信息，或者，统计TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息；若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息为NACK，则将TB的反馈信息个数记为1；若TB的反馈类型为组播2，且TB的反馈类型不是NACK，则将TB的反馈信息记为ACK，且将TB的反馈信息个数记为1，或者记为L或L-1，L为用于接收TB的终端设备组内包括的终端设备数量；若TB的反馈类型为组播2，则统计TB的每个反馈信息。
需要说明的是，若TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，则终端设备不会收到TB的反馈信息，进而终端设备也不会统计反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB的反馈信息。
还需要说明的是，若TB的反馈类型是组播1或组播2，则终端设备可以统计TB的初传的反馈信息和/或每次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的不是NACK的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的不是ACK的反馈信息。
举例来说，假设M个第二TB包括TB#A、TB#B和TB#C。TB#A的反馈类型为单播，参考时间段包括TB#A的初传和第一次重传，TB#A的初传的反馈信息为NACK，TB#A的重传的反馈信息为ACK。TB#B的反馈类型为组播1，参考时间段包括TB#B的初传，TB#B的初传的反馈信息不是NACK。TB#C的反馈类型为组播2，参考时间段包括TB#C的初传，TB#C的初传的反馈信息包括S个ACK和T个NACK，S和T均为大于或等于0的整数。
若终端设备统计TB#A的每次传输的反馈信息，则终端设备共统计TB#A的两个反馈信息，一个反馈信息为ACK，另一个反馈信息为NACK。对于TB#B，若用于接收TB#2的终端设备组包括的终端设备的数量为L1，则终端设备将TB#2的反馈信息记为ACK，并且可以将ACK的数量记为L1-1。对于TB#C，终端设备统计TB#C的ACK的数量为S，TB#C的NACK的数量为T。进而，终端设备统计M个第二TB的反馈信息的数量为(S+T+L1+1)，其中，ACK的数量为(L1+S)，NACK的数量为(T+1)。
需要说明的是，上述举例中，终端设备统计了TB#A的每次传输的反馈信息，在具体实现中，本申请实施例并不限定终端设备统计反馈类型为单播的TB的每次传输的反馈信息，终端设备可以统计反馈类型为单播的TB的ACK反馈信息，或者统计最后一次重传的反馈信息，即终端设备为反馈类型为单播的TB统计一次反馈信息。
终端设备统计M个第二TB的反馈信息之后，则可以根据统计结果确定目标竞争窗口值。例如，若M个第二TB的反馈信息中ACK的比例超过了预设阈值#2，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为目标取值范围内的最小值；若M个第二TB的反馈信息中ACK的比例低于预设阈值#2，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值。又例如，若M个第二TB的反馈信息中NACK的比例超过了预设阈值#3，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值；若M个第二TB的反馈信息中NACK的比例低于预设阈值#2，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为目标取值范围内的最小值。
需要说明的是，若终端设备未统计到M个第二TB的反馈信息，即终端设备未接收到M个第二TB中反馈类型为HARQ使能的TB的反馈信息，则终端设备可以确定竞争窗口值保证不变，即终端设备将第一COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。或者，若终端设备未统计到M个第二TB的反馈信息，则终端设备根据待传输的TB中重传的TB的比例确定目标竞争窗口值。
方式3：
终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输顺序或者接收M个第二TB的反馈信息的顺序，依次根据M个第二TB的传输情况更新竞争窗口值，直至确定目标竞争窗口值。
具体来说，终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输顺序或者接收M个第二TB的反馈信息的顺序，根据M个第二TB中的第一个第二TB的传输情况确定第一个中间竞争窗口值；进而根据M个第二TB中的第二个第二TB的传输情况和第一个中间竞争窗口值确定第二个中间竞争窗口值；……；最后根据M个第二TB中的第M个第二TB的传输情况和第M-1个中间竞争窗口值确定目标竞争窗口值。
举例来说，M个第二TB包括TB#A、TB#B和TB#C，TB#A至TB#C按照传输顺序的排序为：TB#A、TB#B、TB#C。假设第一COT的竞争窗口值为31，待传输的TB对应的传输的CAPC为3，TB#A的反馈信息为ACK，则终端设备可以将第一个中间竞争窗口值确定为15。进而，若TB#B的反馈信息为NACK，则终端设备可以将第二个中间竞争窗口值确定为比15更大的值，例如确定为31。进而，若TB#C的反馈信息为NACK，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为比31更大的值，例如确定为63。
又一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，至少一个TB可以包括一个TB。例如，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内最晚传输的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。终端设备根据参考时间段内的一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文描述的终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
示例性的，至少一个TB可以包括多个TB。例如，终端设备可以根据参考时间段内的所有TB或多个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。在至少一个TB包括多个TB的情况下，终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文描述的终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
例如，参考上文方式1，终端设备可以根据至少一个TB的传输情况确定至少一个待选竞争窗口值；进而终端设备根据至少一个待选竞争窗口值确定目标竞争窗口值。其中，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中大于至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中，与至少一个待选竞争窗口值的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
例如，参考上文方式2，终端设备可以统计至少一个TB的反馈信息；进而终端设备根据至少一个TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。
如图6所示，参考时间段包括反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB#A、反馈类型为单播的TB#B和反馈类型为组播2的TB#C，则终端设备统计TB#B和TB#C的反馈信息，进而根据TB#B和TB#C的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。例如，终端设备根据TB#B和TB#C的反馈信息中的ACK比例和/或NACK比例确定目标竞争窗口值。
终端设备统计至少一个TB的反馈信息的方式可以参考上文终端设备统计M个第二TB的反馈信息的方式。
例如，参考上文方式3，终端设备根据至少一个TB的传输顺序或者接收至少一个TB的反馈信息的顺序，依次根据至少一个TB的传输情况更新竞争窗口值，直至确定目标竞争窗口值。
又一种可能的实现方式中，若参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB，且该至少一个传输完成的TB是自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，最近传输完成的TB，则终端设备根据该最近传输完成的TB的传输情况确定竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是HARQ使能，则终端设备根据最近传输完成的TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。例如，参考时间段包括最近传输完成的TB的最后一次重传，且最后一次重传的反馈信息是NACK，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值。又例如，参考时间段包括最近传输完成的TB的初传，且初传的反馈信息是ACK，则终端设备可以确定目标竞争窗口值为目标取值范围内的最小值。
示例性的，若最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，则终端设备可以根据最近传输完成的TB的盲传次数或盲传比例确定目标竞争窗口值。例如，若最近传输完成的TB的盲传次数或盲传比例超过了预设阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为，目标取值范围内的比第一COT的竞争窗口值更大的值；若最近传输完成的TB的盲传次数或盲传比例低于预设阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞 争窗口值确定目标取值范围内的最小值。
又一种可能的实现方式中，若第一COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT，则终端设备可以根据参考时间段内最近传输的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
示例性的，若终端设备未接收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则终端设备确定竞争窗口值保持不变，即终端设备将第一COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。或者，若终端设备未接收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则终端设备根据待传输的TB中重传的TB的比例确定目标竞争窗口值。
其中，终端设备未收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息包括以下两种情况：终端设备在预期收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息的时隙未接收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息；或者，终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻未接收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息；或者，终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻早于终端设备接收或处理第二TB的反馈信息的时刻。
可以理解，在终端设备未收到TB的反馈信息的情况下，可以认为该TB是未传输完成的TB。
示例性的，若终端设备接收到最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则终端设备根据最近传输的TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。
举例来说，如图7所示，终端设备确定的参考时间段包括最近传输的TB，即图7所示的反馈类型为组播2的TB，且终端设备接收到了反馈类型为组播2的TB的反馈信息，则终端设备可以根据反馈类型为组播2的TB的反馈信息确定目标竞争窗口值。
终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值之后，则可以根据目标竞争窗口值为待传输的TB抢占信道。示例性的，终端设备根据目标竞争窗口值确定一个随机数Ninit，该随机数Ninit的值在0至目标竞争窗口值之间，进而若终端设备监听到信道空闲的时隙达到Ninit个时隙，则终端设备为待传输的TB抢占到信道，进而终端设备可以传输待传输的TB。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况，可以确定出合适的竞争窗口值，从而有利于避免不同设备之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。例如，若参考时间段内的至少一个TB传输成功，则终端设备可以确定较小的竞争窗口值，从而利于减小执行LBT时长，提高信道接入效率。若参考时间段内的至少一个TB传输失败，则终端设备可以确定较大的竞争窗口值，从而拉长执行LBT的时长，以减小终端设备与周围其他设备发生碰撞的可能性。
此外，即使参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，根据本申请实施例可以确定参考时间段，并根据参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定竞争窗口值。
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定竞争窗口值的方法800的示意性流程图，该方法800可以包括以下步骤：
S810，终端设备确定至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段。
其中，至少一个反馈类型是待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型。
例如，至少一个反馈类型可以是待传输的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的反馈类型。
又例如，至少一个反馈类型可以包括待传输的TB对应的所有反馈类型。
如图9所示，待传输的TB包括两个TB，其中一个TB的反馈类型是单播，另一个TB的反馈类型是组播2。反馈类型是单播的TB对应的传输的CAPC为2，反馈类型是组播2的TB对应的传输的CAPC为3。
一种可能的实现方式中，至少一个反馈类型包括所有可能的反馈类型。例如，至少一个反馈类型包括单播、组播1、组播2和HARQ不使能，则终端设备确定与单播对应的参考时间段，与组播1对应的参考时间段，与组播2对应的参考时间段，以及确定与HARQ不使能对应的参考时间段，
若至少一个反馈类型是待传输的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的反馈类型，则终端设备可以确定至少一个反馈类型是组播2。进而在S810中，终端设备确定与组播2对应的参考时间段#1。
若至少一个反馈类型包括待传输的TB对应的所有反馈类型，则终端设备可以确定至少一个反馈类型包括组播2和单播。进而在S810中，终端设备确定与单播对应的参考时间段#1，以及确定与组播2对应的参考时间段#2。
终端设备为每个反馈类型确定的参考时间段内的TB的反馈类型，与参考时间段对应的反馈类型相同。例如图9所示，终端设备为组播2确定的参考时间段#2内的TB的反馈类型为组播2，终端设备为单播确定的参考时间段#1内的TB的反馈类型为单播。
需要说明的是，终端设备为每个反馈类型确定的参考时间段可能是连续的，也可能是不连续的。如图9中的(a)所示，终端设备为组播2确定的参考时间段#2是连续的，而为单播确定的参考时间段#1是不连续的，即参考时间段#1包括反馈类型为单播的TB，而不包括两个反馈类型为单播的TB之间的反馈类型为HARQ不使能的TB。又如图9中的(b)所示，终端设备为单播确定的参考时间段#1是连续的，为组播2确定的参考时间段#2也是连续的。
终端设备确定的每个参考时间段所属的COT的优先级，与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同。COT的优先级的定义和待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级的定义，可以参考上文S210中的描述。
示例性的，每个参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
下面以至少一个反馈类型中的反馈类型#1为例，说明终端设备为反馈类型#1确定的参考时间段可能具有的其它特征。为便于描述，将反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段所属的COT记为第二COT。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若终端设备可以确定出多个包括反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB的待选参考时间段，则终端设备最终确定的参考时间段可以是多个待选参考时间段中，距离当前时刻最近，且待选参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的待选参考时间段。
也就是说，第二COT是与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且包括反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
需要说明的是，参考时间段包括的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，可以是传输完成的TB，也可以是未传输完成的TB，本申请对此不做限定。例如，参考时间段包括的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，是最近传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的、且反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。
可选的，自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，若终端设备可以确定出多个包括传输完成的、反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB的待选参考时间段，则终端设备最终确定的参考时间段可以是多个待选参考时间段中，距离当前时刻最近，且待选参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同的待选参考时间段。
也就是说，第二COT是与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且包括至少一个传输完成的、反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，且距离当前时刻最近的COT。
可选的，若自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在传输完成的、反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括最近传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。
可选的，终端设备可以先确定第二COT，再根据终端设备所属的第二COT确定参考时间段。下面描述终端设备确定第一COT的方式。
示例性的，第二COT是与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且包括反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，且距离当前时刻最近的COT。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、包括反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB、且距离当前时刻最近的COT确定为第二COT。进而终端设备可以根据第二COT确定反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段。
可选的，第二COT是与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，且包括至少一个传输完成的、反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，且距离当前时刻最近的COT。换句话说，终端设备可以将自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT中优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同、包括至少一个传输完成的TB、且至少一个传输完成的TB的反馈类型是反馈类型#1的COT确定为第二COT。进而终端设备可以根据第二COT确定反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段。
参考时间段或第二COT包括一个传输完成的TB的定义，可以参考上文S210中的描述。
下面描述反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段与第二COT的关系。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内的所有反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。即反馈类型#1的开始时刻为第二COT内最先传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB的传输开始时刻，反馈类型#1的结束时刻为第二COT内最晚传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB的传输结束时刻。如图9所示， 参考时间段#1包括参考时间段#1所属的COT内的所有反馈类型为单播的TB，参考时间段#2包括参考时间段所属的COT内的所有反馈类型为组播2的TB。如图9中的(a)所示，参考时间段#1包括用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙1和时隙3，参考时间段#2包括用于传输反馈类型为组播2的TB的时隙5和时隙6。如图9中的(b)所示，参考时间段#1包括用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙1和时隙2，参考时间段#2包括用于传输反馈类型为组播2的TB的时隙5和时隙6。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内的最晚传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。例如，若第二COT包括两个反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，即TB#a和TB#b，其中TB#b是最晚传输的TB，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括TB#b，即反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的开始时刻是TB#b的传输开始时刻，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#b的传输结束时刻。如图9所示，以参考时间段#1为例，参考时间段#1包括图9所示的第二个反馈类型为单播的TB，即参考时间段#1包括图9中的(a)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙3，或者参考时间段#1包括图9中的(b)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙2。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内传输完成的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。例如，若第二COT包括两个反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，即TB#a和TB#b，其中TB#b是传输完成的TB，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括TB#b，即反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的开始时刻是TB#b的传输开始时刻，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#b的传输结束时刻。如图9所示，以参考时间段#1为例，若图9所示的第二个反馈类型为单播的TB是传输完成的TB，则参考时间段#1包括图9所示的第二个反馈类型为单播的TB，即参考时间段#1包括图9中的(a)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙3，或者参考时间段#1包括图9中的(b)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙2。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内的有反馈信息的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。例如，若第二COT包括两个反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，即TB#a和TB#b，终端设备接收到了TB#a的反馈信息，而未接收到TB#b的反馈信息，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括TB#a，即反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的开始时刻是TB#a的传输开始时刻，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#a的传输结束时刻。如图9所示，以参考时间段#1为例，终端设备接收到了图9所示的第一个反馈类型为单播的TB的反馈信息，则参考时间段#1包括图9所示的第一个反馈类型为单播的TB，即参考时间段#1包括图9中的(a)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙1，或者参考时间段#1包括图9中的(b)所示的用于传输反馈类型为单播的TB的时隙1。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内的有反馈信息、且最先传输或最晚传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB。例如，若第二COT包括两个反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，即TB#a和TB#b，终端设备接收到了TB#a和TB#b的反馈信息，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括最先传输的TB#a，或者，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括最晚传输的TB#b。
示例性的，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段，包括第二COT内的有反馈信息、且最先传输的反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB的第一个传输时隙。例如，若第二COT包括两个反馈类型为反馈类型#1的TB，即TB#a和TB#b，终端设备接收到了TB#a和TB#b的反馈信息，则反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段包括最先传输的TB#a的第一个传输时隙。例如，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的开始时刻是参考时间段所属的COT的开始时刻，反馈类型#1对应的参考时间段的结束时刻是TB#a的第一个传输时隙的结束时刻。
需要说明的是，若终端设备确定了多个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段，则不同反馈类型对应的参考时间段所属的COT可能相同，也可能不同，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
可选的，在S810之前，方法800还包括：终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输的完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
换句话说，若终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，则终端设备按照S810所描述的方法确定参考时间段。
可选的，在S810之前，方法800还包括：终端设备确定待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
换句话说，若终端设备确定待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，则终端设备按照S810所描述的方法确定参考时间段。
需要说明的是，若终端设备确定自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在与待传输的TB反馈类型相同的TB，则终端设备可以按照上文方法200确定参考时间段，并确定目标竞争窗口值。
S820，终端设备根据每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的TB抢占信道。
一种可能的实现方式中，若至少一个反馈类型包括一个反馈类型，则终端设备确定一个参考时间段，进而终端设备可以根据该一个参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
若该一个参考时间段内包括一个TB，则终端设备根据该一个参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文S220所描述的终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
若该一个参考时间内包括多个TB，则终端设备根据该一个参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文S220所描述的终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
另一种可能的实现方式中，若至少一个反馈类型包括多个反馈类型，则终端设备根据每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式包括：终端设备根据至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况，确定至少一个待选竞争窗口值；进而终端设备根据至少一个待选竞争窗口值确定目标竞争窗口值。
其中，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中大于至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与该平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，目标竞争窗口值是至少一个待选竞争窗口值中，与至少一个待选竞争窗口值的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
如图9所示，若终端设备确定了单播对应的参考时间段#1和组播2对应的参考时间段#2，则终端设备根据参考时间段#1内的TB的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值，以及根据参考时间段#2内的TB的传输情况确定一个待选竞争窗口值，进而终端设备根据两个待选竞争窗口值确定目标竞争窗口值。
若终端设备确定了多个参考时间段，多个参考时间段中某个参考时间段内包括一个TB，则终端设备根据该参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文S220所描述的终端设备根据一个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
若终端设备确定了多个参考时间段，该一个参考时间内包括多个TB，则终端设备根据该一个参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定待选竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文S220所描述的终端设备根据M个第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值之后，则可以根据目标竞争窗口值为待传输的TB抢占信道。示例性的，终端设备根据目标竞争窗口值确定一个随机数Ninit，该随机数Ninit的值在0至目标竞争窗口值之间，进而若终端设备监听到信道空闲的时隙达到Ninit个时隙，则终端设备为待传输的TB抢占到信道，进而终端设备可以传输待传输的TB。
在本申请实施例中，即使参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，或者，待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型，终端设备也可以确定至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段，并根据参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定竞争窗口值，从而有利于确定出合适的竞争窗口值，进而有利于避免不同设备之间的相互碰撞，提高系统传输效率。
一种可能的实现方式中，可以根据如下方式确定参考时间段：参考时间段位于一个COT中，且参考时间段的起始时刻是参考时间段所属的COT的起始时刻，参考时间段的结束时刻是参考时间段所属的COT中第一个满足下述条件的时隙的结束时刻：至少一个混合自动重传请求-肯定应答使能(HARQ-ACK enabled)的PSSCH被传输，或者至少一个肯定应答/否定应答混合自动重传请求-肯定应答使能(ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled)的PSSCH被传输。应理解，上述至少一个HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH或ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH是由初始COT的终端设备(即将要调整竞争窗口值的终端设备)发送的PSSCH。
然而基于上述参考时间段调整竞争窗口值时，可能会存在如下问题：如果在参考时间段的结束时刻之前，只有一个HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH或ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH被传输，并且该PSSCH的PSFCH由于PSFCH的收发冲突或发发冲突而没有被PSSCH的接收终端设备发送成功，使得该PSSCH的HARQ无法被PSSCH的发送终端设备(即初始COT的终端设备)检测到，则会导致发送终端设备没有足够信息判断该如何调整竞争窗口值。
应理解，PSFCH承载HARQ信息，用于指示相应的PSSCH有无成功接收。因此，PSSCH的接收终 端设备是PSFCH的发送终端设备，PSSCH的发送终端设备是PSFCH的接收终端设备。
如图10所示，UE1希望根据参考时间段中的PSSCH的HARQ来判断如何调整竞争窗口值。UE1确定的参考时间段中，UE1向UE3发送的PSSCH是HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH或ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。下面，我们将讲述两种可能的情况，在这两种情况下，UE 3将不会向UE 1发送PSFCH。
情况一中，PSFCH出现发发冲突。具体而言，如图10中的(a)所示，UE3收到了来自UE1和UE2的PSSCH，且UE3需要同时向UE 1和UE 2发送PSFCH。然而，基于UE 3同时发送PSFCH的能力，以及功率控制等因素，UE 3可能没法同时发送两个PSFCH，将不得不抛弃一些PSFCH不作发送。参照3GPP技术规范(technical specification，TS)38.213中的描述，UE 3将抛弃一些优先级较低的PSFCH不作发送。假设UE 3向UE 1发送的PSFCH优先级较低，则UE 3将不会给UE 1发送PSFCH。我们将上述情况称为UE 3因发发冲突从而导致没有向UE1发送PSFCH。
应理解，由于UE1同时发送PSFCH的能力有限，以及功率控制等因素，UE1最终确定同时发送的PSFCH的数量很可能小于需要同时发送的PSFCH的数量，这一部分可以参考3GPP TS 38.213中的描述，本申请中不作赘述。
情况二中，PSFCH出现收发冲突。具体而言，如图10中的(b)所示，UE3收到了来自UE1的PSSCH，以及UE3向UE2发送了PSSCH，且UE3向UE1发送PSFCH的资源与UE3接收来自UE2的PSFCH的资源位于同一个时隙(即UE 3需要同时收发PSFCH)。考虑到半双工(half-duplex)的限制，终端设备一般难以同时进行收发。此时，根据3GPP TS 38.213中的描述，终端设备将只对优先级较高的PSFCH进行接收或者进行发送。假设UE 3需要向UE 1发送的PSFCH优先级较低，则此时UE 3将选择接收来自UE 2的PSFCH，而不会向UE 1发送PSFCH。我们将上述情况称为UE 3因收发冲突从而导致没有向UE1发送PSFCH。
更进一步地，在某些情况下，由于PSFCH的收发冲突或发发冲突导致PSSCH的发送终端设备未检测到HARQ时，发送终端设备可能误认为是发生了PSSCH的碰撞导致PSSCH接收失败而没有检测到HARQ，从而发送终端设备盲目抬升竞争窗口值。参考上文对Type 1 LBT的描述，终端设备在执行Type 1 LBT时，将根据竞争窗口值确定计数器N的值，终端设备确定的竞争窗口值越大，根据竞争窗口值所确定的计数器N的值也可能越大，计数器N的值更大的情况下，终端设备执行Type 1 LBT的时长更长，即终端设备需要更长的时长才能接入信道。因此，终端设备盲目抬升竞争窗口值的情况下，会导致发送终端设备接入信道的概率降低。
有鉴于此，本申请实施例还提供了一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，以期实现确定出合适的竞争窗口值。
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定竞争窗口值的方法1100的示意性流程图，该方法1100可以包括以下步骤：
S1110，终端设备确定参考时间段。
终端设备是初始化COT的终端设备。
参考时间段位于一个COT(下文记为COT#3，COT由终端设备初始化的COT)内，参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，第一PSSCH为HARQ使能(HARQ enabled)的PSSCH，且第一PSSCH对应的HARQ被终端设备检测到。参考时间段包括第一PSSCH指的是，终端设备在参考时间段内完成第一PSSCH的传输。
示例性的，HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。换句话说，HARQ使能的PSSCH是HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH
又示例性的，HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，或，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。换句话说，HARQ使能的PSSCH是ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH。
HARQ使能的单播PSSCH指的是满足以下条件的PSSCH：PSSCH的反馈类型(cast type)是单播，且PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第二阶侧行控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)，或称为SCI-2)包括HARQ使能指示信息。
HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH指的是满足以下条件的PSSCH：PSSCH的cast type是组播1，且PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第二阶SCI，或称为SCI-2)包括HARQ使能指示信息。
HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH指的是满足以下条件的PSSCH：PSSCH的cast type是组播2，且PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第二阶SCI，或称为SCI-2)包括HARQ使能指示信息。
PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第二阶SCI，或称为SCI-2)包括HARQ使能指示信息的情况下，PSSCH的控制信息指示PSSCH的接收设备向终端设备反馈PSSCH的HARQ信息。
对于cast type是单播的HARQ使能的PSSCH，PSSCH的接收设备正确接收PSSCH的情况下，向终端设备反馈ACK信息；PSSCH的接收设备正确接收了PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第一阶SCI，或称为SCI-1)，未正确接收PSSCH的情况下，向终端设备反馈NACK信息。或者，当PSSCH的接收设备未正确接收PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第一阶SCI，或称为SCI-1)的情况下，不向终端设备反馈HARQ。
对于cast type是组播1的HARQ使能的PSSCH，PSSCH的接收设备正确接收了PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第一阶SCI，或称为SCI-1)但未正确接收PSSCH的情况下，向终端设备反馈NACK信息，否则不反馈HARQ信息。
对于cast type是组播2的HARQ使能的PSSCH，其反馈HARQ信息的方式与cast type是单播的HARQ使能的PSSCH反馈HARQ信息的方式相同，这里不再赘述。
终端设备检测到第一PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备可以确定第一PSSCH的接收状态，即终端设备可以确定第一PSSCH被成功接收或未被成功接收。
例如，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的单播PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的单播PSSCH对应的PSFCH(记为PSFCH#1)，该PSFCH#1承载ACK信息或NACK信息。可以理解，终端设备接收到PSFCH#1之后，若PSFCH#1承载ACK信息，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的单播PSSCH被成功接收，若PSFCH#1承载NACK信息，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的单播PSSCH未被成功接收。
例如，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH对应的PSFCH(记为PSFCH#2)，PSFCH#2承载NACK信息；或者，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH的HARQ指的是，终端设备未检测到PSFCH#2。可以理解，若终端设备检测到PSFCH#2，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH未被成功接收，若终端设备未检测到PSFCH#2，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH被成功接收。
例如，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备检测到HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH对应的PSFCH(记为PSFCH#3)，PSFCH#3承载ACK信息或NACK信息。可以理解，终端设备接收到PSFCH#3之后，若PSFCH#3承载ACK信息，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH被成功接收，若PSFCH#3承载NACK信息，则终端设备可以确定HARQ使能的组播2PSSCH未被成功接收。
本申请实施例对终端设备检测到第一PSSCH对应的HARQ的时间不做限定。终端设备可以在COT#3内检测到第一PSSCH对应的HARQ，或者，终端设备可以在COT#3之后检测到第一PSSCH对应的HARQ，只要终端设备在确定目标竞争窗口值之前，检测到第一PSSCH对应的HARQ即可。
本申请实施例对参考时间段的开始时刻不做限定。例如，参考时间段的开始时刻是COT#3的开始时刻。
图12示出了在COT#3中确定参考时间段的开始时刻的示意图。如图12所示，COT#3包括时隙1至时隙3。时隙1用于传输PSSCH#a，时隙2用于传输PSSCH#b，时隙3用于传输PSSCH#c。PSSCH#a至PSSCH#c都是HARQ使能的PSSCH，且终端设备检测到了PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c对应的HARQ，因此PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c可以是第一PSSCH的示例。若参考时间段的开始时刻是COT#3的开始时刻，则参考时间段的开始时刻是时隙1的开始时刻。
本申请实施例中，参考时间段需包括第一PSSCH。具体而言，参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻。或者，参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻之后的时刻。
图12示出了在COT#3中确定参考时间段的结束时刻的示意图。如图12所述，COT#3包括时隙1至时隙3。参考上文对图12的描述，PSSCH#a至PSSCH#c都是HARQ使能的PSSCH，且终端设备检测到了PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c对应的HARQ，因此PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c可以是第一PSSCH的示例。若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是PSSCH#b，则参考时间段的结束时刻是时隙2的结束时刻。若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是 PSSCH#c，则参考时间段的结束时刻是时隙3的结束时刻。若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH之后传输的PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是PSSCH#b，则参考时间段的结束时刻是时隙3的结束时刻。若参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH之后的PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是PSSCH#c，则由于PSSCH#c是COT#3内的最后一个PSSCH，则参考时间段的结束时刻PSSCH#c的传输结束时刻，即是时隙3的结束时刻。
应理解，在一种可能的实现方式中，PSSCH可能占用多个连续的时间单元，此时，PSSCH的传输结束时刻，是PSSCH所占用的最后一个时间单元的结束时刻。例如，若图12中的PSSCH#b占用了时隙2和时隙3，则PSSCH#b的传输结束时刻是时隙3的结束时刻。本申请实施例提及的时间单元可以是时隙、符号、半时隙或时隙组等。
一种可能的实现方式中，参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是COT#3内第一个被终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的HARQ使能的PSSCH。
如图12所示，PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c都是HARQ使能的PSSCH，PSSCH#b和PSSCH#c对应的HARQ都被终端设备检测到，由于PSSCH#b在PSSCH#c之前传输，即PSSCH#b是COT#3内第一个被终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的HARQ使能的PSSCH，则第一PSSCH是PSSCH#b，参考时间段的结束时刻是PSSCH#b的传输结束时刻，即时隙2的结束时刻。
参考时间段的结束时刻是第一PSSCH的传输结束时刻，且第一PSSCH是COT#3内第一个被终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的HARQ使能的PSSCH，则相当于参考时间段的结束时刻是满足下述条件的第一个时间单元的结束时刻：终端设备传输完第一PSSCH。或者说，参考时间段的结束时刻是满足下述条件的第一个时间单元的结束时刻：终端设备传输完至少一个HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH，该至少一个HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH中至少一个PSSCH是终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的PSSCH。或者说，参考时间段的结束时刻是满足下述条件的第一个时间单元的结束时刻：终端设备传输完至少一个ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH，该至少一个ACK/NACK HARQ-ACK enabled PSSCH中至少一个PSSCH是终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的PSSCH。
本申请实施例对COT#3不做限定。例如，COT#3是距离当前待传输的PSSCH最近的COT，或者，COT#3优先级与当前待传输的PSSCH的优先级相同。终端设备确定COT#3的方式可以参考上文方法200中的描述。
需要说明的是，若COT#3不包括第一PSSCH，即COT#3内的PSSCH都是HARQ不使能的PSSCH；或者，COT#3包括HARQ使能的PSSCH，但终端设备未检测到COT#3内HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ，则终端设备确定参考时间段的结束时刻可以是COT#3的结束时刻，或者，参考时间段的结束时刻可以是终端设备确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻。
S1120，终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式，可以参考上文S220中终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值的方式。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备确定的参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，因此终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值时，终端设备至少可以根据第一PSSCH的HARQ确定目标竞争窗口值，从而避免出现如下问题：即由于终端设备未检测到参考时间段内的PSSCH对应的HARQ而导致的终端设备没有足够的信息确定该如何确定目标调整竞争窗口值。此外，也可以避免终端设备没有检测到HARQ时，将PSFCH的发发冲突/收发冲突误认为是发生了PSSCH的碰撞，从而盲目抬升竞争窗口值，进而导致发送终端设备接入信道的概率降低的问题。
图13示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定竞争窗口值的方法1300的示意性流程图，该方法1300可以包括如下步骤：
S1310，终端设备确定参考时间段。
终端设备是初始化COT的终端设备。
参考时间段位于一个COT(记为COT#3，COT#3是由终端设备初始化的COT)内，且参考时间段包括至少一个HARQ使能的PSSCH。例如，终端设备可以确定参考时间段的开始时刻是COT#3的开始时刻。本申请实施例对参考时间段的结束时刻不做限定，例如，终端设备可以确定参考时间段的结束时刻是满足如下条件的第一个时间单元的结束时刻：终端设备传输完至少一个HARQ使能的PSSCH。
HARQ使能的PSSCH的描述可以参考上文方法1100的S1110中的描述。
S1320，终端设备根据参考时间段内的至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值。
当终端设备未检测到参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ时，终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，终端设备根据待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定目标竞争窗口值。
终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备不能确定HARQ使能的PSSCH的接收状态。应理解，当PSSCH碰撞时，PSSCH关联的控制信息(例如，该控制信息是第一阶SCI，或称为SCI-1)也会发生碰撞，导致控制信息未能成功接收，使得PSSCH的接收设备不发送HARQ，终端设备检测不到HARQ。或者，PSFCH收发冲突/发发冲突时，PSSCH的接收设备不发送HARQ，终端设备也有可能检测不到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ。此时，终端设备不能确定是发生了PSSCH的碰撞，还是PSSCH接收成功但发生了PSFCH的收发冲突/发发冲突。
例如，终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的单播PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的单播PSSCH对应的PSFCH。
例如，终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH对应的HARQ指的是，终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH对应的PSFCH。
终端设备未检测到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ包括以下几种情况：终端设备在预期检测到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ的时间单元，未检测到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ；或者，终端设备直到确定目标竞争窗口值的时刻都未检测到HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ。
终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变可以包括以下两种情况：终端设备基于距离当前待传输的PSSCH最接近的终端设备初始的COT的竞争窗口值，维持竞争窗口值不变；或者，终端设备基于COT#3的竞争窗口值，维持竞争窗口值不变。换句话说，终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变的情况下，终端设备可以将距离当前待传输的PSSCH最接近的终端设备初始的COT的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值，或者，终端设备可以将COT#3的竞争窗口值确定为目标竞争窗口值。终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变可以理解为，终端设备不调整竞争窗口值，或者，终端设备不执行调整竞争窗口值的动作。应理解，COT#3可以不是距离当前待传输的PSSCH最接近的终端设备初始的COT，本实施例对COT#3不作限定。
参考上文对Type 1 LBT的描述，在终端设备初始COT前，需要根据某一竞争窗口值生成计数器N，从而终端设备根据计数器N进行Type 1 LBT的计数器回退过程。终端设备初始的COT的竞争窗口值，可以理解为终端设备为初始该COT进行的Type 1 LBT所采用的竞争窗口值。
本申请实施例对终端设备根据待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定目标竞争窗口值的方式不做限定。例如，若待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例超过了阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为，目标取值范围内的比COT#3的竞争窗口值更大的值；若待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例低于阈值#1，则终端设备可以将目标竞争窗口值确定为目标取值范围内的最小值，或者维持竞争窗口值不变。目标取值范围是待传输的PSSCH对应的信道接入优先级(CAPC)对应的竞争窗口值取值范围。。例如，若待传输的PSSCH对应的CAPC是2，则根据上文表1，目标取值范围为{7,15}。
在本申请实施例中，若终端设备未检测到参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ，则终端设备不再盲目抬升竞争窗口值，而是维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，根据待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定目标竞争窗口值，从而可以避免终端设备盲目抬升竞争窗口值而导致的终端设备接入信道的概率降低。
可以理解，本申请的各实施例中的一些可选的特征，在某些场景下，可以不依赖于其他特征，也可以在某些场景下，与其他特征进行结合，不作限定。
还可以理解，本申请的各实施例中的方案可以进行合理的组合使用，并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释，对此不作限定。
还可以理解，上述各个方法实施例中，由通信设备实现的方法和操作，也可以由通信设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)来实现。
相应于上述各方法实施例给出的方法，本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置，所述装置包括用于执行上述各个方法实施例相应的模块。该模块可以是软件，也可以是硬件，或者是软件和硬件结合。可以理解的是，上述各方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置2000的示意性框图。该装置2000包括处理单元2010，处理单元2010可以用于进行数据处理。
可选的，该装置2000还包括收发单元2020，收发单元2020可以用于实现相应的通信功能，收发单 元2020还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。
可选地，该装置2000还包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据，处理单元2020可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据，以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中终端设备的动作。
在一种设计中，该装置2000可以是前述实施例中的终端设备，也可以是终端设备的组成部件(如芯片)。该装置2000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程，其中，处理单元2010可用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关的操作。
一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2010，用于确定参考时间段，该参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同；处理单元2010，还用于根据该参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，目标竞争窗口值用于为该传输的TB抢占信道。其中，该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与该待传输的TB的反馈类型不同；或者，该参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
另一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2010，用于确定至少一个反馈类型中每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段，该至少一个反馈类型是待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型，该参考时间段所属的COT的优先级与待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同，该参考时间段内的TB的反馈类型与该参考时间段对应的反馈类型相同；处理单元2010，还用于根据该每个反馈类型对应的参考时间段内的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为该待传输的TB抢占信道。其中，参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，该待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
再一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2010，用于根据参考时间段内至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段位于一个COT内，该参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，第一PSSCH为HARQ使能的PSSCH，且该第一PSSCH对应的HARQ被终端设备检测到，该终端设备是初始化COT的终端设备。
再一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2010，用于根据参考时间段内至少一个PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，该目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；其中，该参考时间段位于一个COT内，该参考时间段包括至少一个HARQ使能的PSSCH；当该终端设备未检测到该参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ时，终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，该终端设备根据该待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定该竞争窗口值。
该装置2000可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程，该装置2000可以包括用于执行图2、图8、图11或图13所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。
有关该装置2000更详细的描述可以参考上文方法实施例中相关描述直接得到，在此不再赘述。
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
还应理解，这里的装置2000以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2000可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备，可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
上述各个方案的装置2000具有实现上述方法中终端设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块；例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如，收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代，收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代)，其它单元，如处理单元等可以由处理器替代，分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。
此外，上述收发单元2020还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路)，处理单元可以是处理电路。
需要指出的是，图14中的装置可以是前述实施例中的设备，也可以是芯片或者芯片系统，例如：片上系统(system on chip，SoC)。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置3000的示意性框图。该装置3000包括处理器3010，处理 器3010与存储器3020耦合。可选的，还包括存储器3020，用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据，处理器3010用于执行存储器3020存储的计算机程序或指令，或读取存储器3020存储的数据，以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。
可选的，处理器3010为一个或多个。
可选的，存储器3020为一个或多个。
可选的，该存储器3020与该处理器3010集成在一起，或者分离设置。
可选的，如图15所示，该装置3000还包括收发器3030，收发器3030用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如，处理器3010用于控制收发器3030进行信号的接收和/或发送。
作为一种方案，该装置3000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。
例如，处理器3010用于执行存储器3020存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器3010中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器3020，处理器3010读取存储器3020中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应理解，本申请实施例中，处理器可以为一个或多个集成电路，用于执行相关程序，以执行本申请方法实施例。
处理器(例如，处理器3010)可包括一个或多个处理器并实现为计算设备的组合。处理器可分别包括以下一种或多种：微处理器、微控制器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、数字信号处理设备(digital signal processing device，DSPD)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)、选通逻辑、晶体管逻辑、分立硬件电路、处理电路或其它合适的硬件、固件和/或硬件和软件的组合，用于执行本公开中所描述的各种功能。处理器可以是通用处理器或专用处理器。例如，处理器3010可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可用于处理通信协议和通信数据。中央处理器可用于使装置执行软件程序，并处理软件程序中的数据。此外，处理器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，处理器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
本申请中的程序在广义上用于表示软件。软件的非限制性示例包括：程序代码、程序、子程序、指令、指令集、代码、代码段、软件模块、应用程序、或软件应用程序等。程序可以在处理器和/或计算机中运行。以使得装置执行本申请中描述的各种功能和/或过程。
存储器(例如，存储器3020)可存储供处理器(例如，处理器3010)在执行软件时所需的数据。存储器可以使用任何合适的存储技术实现。例如，存储器可以是处理器和/或计算机能够访问的任何可用存储介质。存储介质的非限制性示例包括：随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、光盘只读存储器(Compact Disc-ROM,CD-ROM)、静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)、可移动介质、光盘存储器、磁盘存储介质、磁存储设备、闪存、寄存器、状态存储器、远程挂载存储器、本地或远程存储器组件，或能够携带或存储软件、数据或信息并可由处理器/计算机访问的任何其它介质。需要说明的是，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
存储器(例如，存储器3020)和处理器(例如，处理器3010)可以分开设置或集成在一起。存储器可以用于与处理器连接，使得处理器能够从存储器中读取信息，在存储器中存储和/或写入信息。存储器可以集成在处理器中。存储器和处理器可以设置在集成电路中(例如，该集成电路可以设置在终端设备或其他网络节点中)。
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统4000的示意性框图。该芯片系统4000(或者也可以称为处理系统)包括逻辑电路4010以及输入/输出接口(input/output interface)4020。
其中，逻辑电路4010可以为芯片系统4000中的处理电路。逻辑电路4010可以耦合连接存储单元，调用存储单元中的指令，使得芯片系统4000可以实现本申请各实施例的方法和功能。输入/输出接口4020，可以为芯片系统4000中的输入输出电路，将芯片系统4000处理好的信息输出，或将待处理的数据或信令信息输入芯片系统4000进行处理。
作为一种方案，该芯片系统4000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。
例如，逻辑电路4010用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作，如，图2、图8、图11或图13所示实施例中终端设备执行的处理相关的操作；输入/输出接口4020用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作，如，图2或图8所示实施例中的终端设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法的计算机指令。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包含指令，该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括至少一个上文各实施例中的终端设备。
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的，例如，上述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。此外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元实现本申请提供的方案。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如，计算机可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。关于计算机可读存储介质，可以参考上文描述。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定参考时间段，所述参考时间段所属的信道占用时间COT的优先级与待传输的传输块TB对应的传输的优先级相同；
    所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，所述目标竞争窗口值用于为所述待传输的TB抢占信道；
    其中，
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的TB的反馈类型与所述待传输的TB的反馈类型不同；或者，
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，
    所述待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段所属的COT或所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的反馈类型，与所述待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述参考时间段包括至少一个传输完成的TB；或者，
    所述参考时间段所属的COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段的开始时刻为以下中的任意一种：
    所述参考时间段所属的COT的开始时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内传输完成的TB的传输开始时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输开始时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的第一TB的传输开始时刻，所述第一TB的反馈类型与所述待传输的TB中至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；或者，
    所述终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在所述参考时间段所属的COT内最先传输的TB的传输开始时刻。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段的结束时刻为以下中的任意一种：
    所述参考时间段所属的COT的结束时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内传输完成的TB的传输结束时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的TB中，对应的传输的优先级最低的TB的传输结束时刻；
    所述参考时间段所属的COT内的第一TB的传输结束时刻，所述第一TB的反馈类型与所述待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；
    所述终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在所述参考时间段所属的COT内最晚传输的TB的传输结束时刻；
    所述终端设备接收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在所述参考时间段所属的COT内最先传输的TB的第一个传输时隙结束时刻。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定参考时间段之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备确定自上一次更新竞争窗口值之后，已传输完成的COT内的TB的反馈类型与所述待传输的TB的反馈类型不同，或者，已传输完成的COT内的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，
    所述终端设备确定所述待传输的TB对应至少两种反馈类型；或者，
    所述终端设备确定自上一次更新竞争窗口值之后，不存在与所述待传输的TB的反馈类型相同，且传输完成的TB。
  7. 根据权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段包括一个传输完成的TB，包括如下几种情况：
    所述参考时间段包括TB的初传和所有重传；或者，
    所述参考时间段包括TB的最后一次重传；或者，
    所述参考时间段包括TB的初传，且TB的初传的反馈信息是确认应答ACK；
    所述参考时间段包括TB的重传，且TB的重传的反馈信息为ACK。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定所述目标竞争窗口值，所述第二TB满足以下条件中的一个或多个：
    所述第二TB的初传和重传都传输完成，且所述第二TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息为否定应答NACK；
    所述第二TB的初传或重传的反馈信息为ACK；
    按照预定义的反馈类型排序，所述第二TB的反馈类型的排序在所述参考时间段内的其余TB的反馈类型之前；
    所述第二TB的反馈类型与所述待传输的TB中的至少一个TB的反馈类型相同；
    所述第二TB是所述终端设备收到的反馈信息对应的TB中，在所述参考时间段内最晚传输的TB；
    所述第二TB对应的传输的优先级与所述待传输的TB对应的传输的优先级相同；
    根据所述第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，大于根据所述参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值；
    根据所述第二TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值，小于根据所述参考时间段内的其余TB的传输情况确定的竞争窗口值；
    所述第二TB对应的传输的优先级高于所述参考时间段内的其余TB对应的传输的优先级；或者，
    所述第二TB是所述参考时间段内的TB中，所述终端设备接收到TB对应的反馈信息的TB。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定义的反馈类型的排序为：不同反馈类型从前往后的排序依次为：组播2、组播1、单播、混合自动重传请求不使能。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述参考时间段内的TB包括M个所述第二TB，M为大于1的整数，则所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述M个第二TB的传输情况确定N个待选竞争窗口值，N为正整数，且N≤M；
    所述终端设备根据所述N个待选竞争窗口值确定所述目标竞争窗口值；
    其中，所述目标竞争窗口值是所述N个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述N个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述N个待选竞争窗口值中大于所述多个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与所述平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；或者，
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述N个待选竞争窗口值中，与所述N个待选竞争窗口值的平均值之间的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述参考时间段内的TB包括M个所述第二TB，M为大于1的正整数，则所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备统计M个所述第二TB的反馈信息；
    所述终端设备根据M个所述第二TB的反馈信息，确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  12. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述参考时间段内的TB包括M个所述第二TB，M为大于1的正整数，则所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的第二TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据M个所述第二TB中的一个所述第二TB的传输情况确定所述目标竞争窗口值；或者，
    所述终端设备根据M个所述第二TB的传输顺序或者接收M个所述第二TB的反馈信息的顺序，依次根据M个所述第二TB的传输情况更新竞争窗口值，直至确定目标竞争窗口值。
  13. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述至少一个TB的传输情况，确定至少一个待选竞争窗口值；
    所述终端设备根据所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值，确定所述目标竞争窗口值；
    其中，所述目标竞争窗口值是所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最小值；或者，
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值中的最大值；或者，
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值中大于所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值，且与所述平均值的差值最小的待选竞争窗口值；
    所述目标竞争窗口值是所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值中，与所述至少一个待选竞争窗口值的平均值的差值的绝对值最小的待选竞争窗口值。
  14. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备统计所述至少一个TB的反馈信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述至少一个TB的反馈信息，确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  15. 根据权利要求11或14所述的方法，其特征在于，通过以下方式统计反馈信息：
    若TB的反馈类型为单播，则统计所述TB的初传的反馈信息和每次重传的反馈信息，或者，统计TB的ACK反馈信息，或者，统计TB的最后一次重传的反馈信息；
    若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息为NACK，则将TB的反馈信息个数记为1；
    若TB的反馈类型为组播1，且TB的反馈信息不是NACK，则将TB的反馈信息记为ACK，且将TB的反馈信息个数记为1，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L，或者，将TB的反馈信息个数记为L-1，L为用于接收TB的终端设备组内包括的终端设备的数量；
    若TB的反馈类型为组播2，则统计TB的每个反馈信息。
  16. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段包括所述至少一个传输完成的TB，且所述至少一个传输完成的TB是自上次更新竞争窗口值之后，最近传输完成的TB，则所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述最近传输完成的TB的传输情况确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述最近传输完成的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    若所述最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是混合自动重传HARQ使能，则所述终端设备根据所述最近传输完成的TB的反馈信息确定所述目标竞争窗口值；或者，
    若所述最近传输完成的TB的反馈类型是HARQ不使能，所述终端设备根据所述最近传输完成的TB的盲传次数或盲传比例确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  18. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段所属的COT是距离当前时刻最近的COT，则所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内的至少一个TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内最近传输的TB的传输情况确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述参考时间段内最近传输的TB的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，包括：
    若所述终端设备未接收到所述最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则所述终端设备确定所述目标竞争窗口值保持不变；或者，
    若所述终端设备接收到所述最近传输的TB的反馈信息，则所述终端设备根据所述最近传输的TB的反馈信息确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  20. 一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，所述目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；
    其中，所述参考时间段位于一个信道占用时间COT内，所述参考时间段包括第一PSSCH，所述第一PSSCH为混合自动重传请求HARQ使能的PSSCH，且所述第一PSSCH对应的HARQ被所述终端设备检测到；
    所述终端设备是初始化所述COT的终端设备。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一 种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
  23. 根据权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段的开始时刻是所述COT的开始时刻。
  24. 根据权利要求20至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述参考时间段的结束时刻是所述第一PSSCH所在的时间单元的结束时刻，所述第一PSSCH是所述COT内第一个被所述终端设备检测到对应的HARQ的HARQ使能的PSSCH。
  25. 一种确定竞争窗口值的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备根据参考时间段内至少一个物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的传输情况确定目标竞争窗口值，所述目标竞争窗口值用于为待传输的PSSCH抢占信道；
    其中，所述参考时间段位于一个信道占用时间COT内，所述参考时间段包括至少一个混合自动重传请求HARQ使能的PSSCH；
    当所述终端设备未检测到所述参考时间段内所有HARQ使能的PSSCH对应的HARQ时，所述终端设备维持竞争窗口值不变，或者，所述终端设备根据所述待传输的PSSCH中重传的PSSCH的比例确定所述目标竞争窗口值。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，HARQ使能的组播1 PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ使能的PSSCH包括以下PSSCH中的一种或多种：HARQ使能的单播PSSCH，或者，HARQ使能的组播2 PSSCH。
  28. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法的模块或单元。
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以使得所述装置执行权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括所述存储器和/或通信接口，所述通信接口与所述处理器耦合，
    所述通信接口，用于输入和/或输出信息。
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在通信装置上运行时，使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法。
  32. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法的计算机程序或指令。
  33. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片与存储器耦合，用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令，以实现如权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/128257 2022-11-04 2023-10-31 确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置 WO2024093979A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211379032.8 2022-11-04
CN202211379032 2022-11-04
CN202310154106.6A CN117998663A (zh) 2022-11-04 2023-02-17 确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置
CN202310154106.6 2023-02-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024093979A1 true WO2024093979A1 (zh) 2024-05-10

Family

ID=90898290

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/128257 WO2024093979A1 (zh) 2022-11-04 2023-10-31 确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117998663A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024093979A1 (zh)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110958711A (zh) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 竞争窗的调整方法及装置、存储介质、电子装置
US20200244403A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-07-30 Intel Corporation Contention window size adjustment for wideband operation in new radio - unlicensed
WO2022188079A1 (zh) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和第一设备

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110958711A (zh) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 竞争窗的调整方法及装置、存储介质、电子装置
US20200244403A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-07-30 Intel Corporation Contention window size adjustment for wideband operation in new radio - unlicensed
WO2022188079A1 (zh) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和第一设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117998663A (zh) 2024-05-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3831153B1 (en) Method and apparatus for contention window size adaptation of nr unlicensed
WO2021081700A1 (zh) 数据的发送、接收方法及装置
US11737134B2 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission
US11405948B2 (en) Joint resource pools for uplink communications
WO2021027575A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2020156180A1 (zh) 通信方法及终端设备、接入网设备
WO2022188079A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和第一设备
WO2021017792A1 (zh) 一种反馈信息的传输方法及终端装置
WO2021032003A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法及通信装置
WO2024093979A1 (zh) 确定竞争窗口值的方法及装置
WO2022077877A1 (zh) 侧行传输方法和通信装置
WO2024061115A1 (zh) 侧行链路通信方法及装置
WO2023165468A1 (zh) 一种资源确定方法及装置
WO2024032324A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2024032444A1 (zh) 侧行链路通信方法和通信装置
WO2024067429A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2024093649A1 (zh) 一种侧行通信方法及装置
WO2024067476A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置、计算机可读存储介质和程序产品
WO2023011218A1 (zh) 一种资源共享方法及通信装置
WO2023010399A1 (zh) 设备间协作装置以及方法
WO2023207506A1 (zh) 共享资源分配方法及装置
WO2024031610A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for determining size of transport block
US20240188115A1 (en) Inter-ue coordination with distance-based collision indication
WO2024061072A1 (zh) 通信方法和装置
WO2022236662A1 (en) Inter-ue coordination with distance-based collision indication